Refer to the correct section or alternative for FreeBSD and Linux.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11132
Use proper names (i.e. zfs-allow and zpool-add) in NAME subsections
of zfs/zpool subcommands instead of current "pretty-printed" ones as
makewhatis utilities (or some implementations of it, namely the one
from mandoc suite used in FreeBSD) look not only at the document title
but also in NAME subsection, adding zfs(8)/zpool(8) to search results
which is not correct. (Common sense and other utilities splitting
subcommands in multiple man pages, e.g. git, do the same.)
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: xtouqh <xtouqh@hotmail.com>
Closes#11086
Added -a option to automatically print all valid statistics.
Added -p option to suppress scaling of printed data.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Authored by: Nick Principe <32284693+powernap@users.noreply.github.com>
Ported-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11090
The acltype property is currently hidden on FreeBSD and does not
reflect the NFSv4 style ZFS ACLs used on the platform. This makes it
difficult to observe that a pool imported from FreeBSD on Linux has a
different type of ACL that is being ignored, and vice versa.
Add an nfsv4 acltype and expose the property on FreeBSD.
Make the default acltype nfsv4 on FreeBSD.
Setting acltype to an unhanded style is treated the same as setting
it to off. The ACLs will not be removed, but they will be ignored.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10520
FreeBSD had this value tunable before the switch to the new OpenZFS.
The tunable name has changed, breaking legacy compat.
Restore legacy compat for this tunable, properly expose the tunable
with the new name on all platforms, and document it in
zfs-module-parameters(5).
While here, clean up the documentation for zfetch_max_distance a bit.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#11038
A zpool_influxdb command is introduced to ease the collection
of zpool statistics into the InfluxDB time-series database.
Examples are given on how to integrate with the telegraf
statistics aggregator, a companion to influxdb.
Finally, a grafana dashboard template is included to show
how pool latency distributions can be visualized in a
ZFS + telegraf + influxdb + grafana environment.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Closes#10786
The value of zp is used without having been initialized under some
conditions. Initialize the pointer to NULL.
Add a regression test case using chown in acl/posix. However, this is
not enough because the setup sets xattr=sa, which means zfs_setattr_dir
will not be called. Create a second group of acl tests in acl/posix-sa
duplicating the acl/posix tests with symlinks, and remove xattr=sa from
the original acl/posix tests. This provides more coverage for the
default xattr=on code.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10043Closes#11025
This change updates the documentation to refer to the project
as OpenZFS instead ZFS on Linux. Web links have been updated
to refer to https://github.com/openzfs/zfs. The extraneous
zfsonlinux.org web links in the ZED and SPL sources have been
dropped.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#11007
The error returned by `zpool remove` when the encryption keys aren't
loaded isn't very helpful. Furthermore, the man pages make no
mention that the keys need to be loaded. This change doesn't resolve
the error message but it does update the man page to mention this
requirement.
Authored-by: grodik <pat@litke.dev>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10939Closes#10948
Change zfs userspace subcommand to use zfs_path_to_zhandle() so that
the provided dataset can be a path (/usr) or a dataset (rpool/usr).
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Closes#8915
with regard to evicted_l2_eligibile_mru. Even if l2arc_mfuonly is
enabled, this is not reflected in evicted_l2_eligible_mru as this
information is useful for deciding whether to toggle l2arc_mfuonly
depending on the current workload.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10945
== Motivation and Context
The new vdev ashift optimization prevents the removal of devices when
a zfs configuration is comprised of disks which have different logical
and physical block sizes. This is caused because we set 'spa_min_ashift'
in vdev_open and then later call 'vdev_ashift_optimize'. This would
result in an inconsistency between spa's ashift calculations and that
of the top-level vdev.
In addition, the optimization logical ignores the overridden ashift
value that would be provided by '-o ashift=<val>'.
== Description
This change reworks the vdev ashift optimization so that it's only
set the first time the device is configured. It still allows the
physical and logical ahsift values to be set every time the device
is opened but those values are only consulted on first open.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Cedric Berger <cedric@precidata.com>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
External-Issue: DLPX-71831
Closes#10932
Prefer acltype=off|posix, retaining the old names as aliases.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10918
It was discovered that dracut scripts and zgenhostid
always generate little-endian /etc/hostid.
This commit provides simple endianess-aware binary
and updates the scripts to use it.
New features include:
-f flag to force overwrite.
-o flag to write to different file (for dracut)
accepting both 0x01234567 and 01234567 values as input
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Georgy Yakovlev <gyakovlev@gentoo.org>
Closes#10887Closes#10925
Currently the ARC state (MFU/MRU) of cached L2ARC buffer and their
content type is unknown. Knowing this information may prove beneficial
in adjusting the L2ARC caching policy.
This commit adds L2ARC arcstats that display the aligned size
(in bytes) of L2ARC buffers according to their content type
(data/metadata) and according to their ARC state (MRU/MFU or
prefetch). It also expands the existing evict_l2_eligible arcstat to
differentiate between MFU and MRU buffers.
L2ARC caches buffers from the MRU and MFU lists of ARC. Upon caching a
buffer, its ARC state (MRU/MFU) is stored in the L2 header
(b_arcs_state). The l2_m{f,r}u_asize arcstats reflect the aligned size
(in bytes) of L2ARC buffers according to their ARC state (based on
b_arcs_state). We also account for the case where an L2ARC and ARC
cached MRU or MRU_ghost buffer transitions to MFU. The l2_prefetch_asize
reflects the alinged size (in bytes) of L2ARC buffers that were cached
while they had the prefetch flag set in ARC. This is dynamically updated
as the prefetch flag of L2ARC buffers changes.
When buffers are evicted from ARC, if they are determined to be L2ARC
eligible then their logical size is recorded in
evict_l2_eligible_m{r,f}u arcstats according to their ARC state upon
eviction.
Persistent L2ARC:
When committing an L2ARC buffer to a log block (L2ARC metadata) its
b_arcs_state and prefetch flag is also stored. If the buffer changes
its arcstate or prefetch flag this is reflected in the above arcstats.
However, the L2ARC metadata cannot currently be updated to reflect this
change.
Example: L2ARC caches an MRU buffer. L2ARC metadata and arcstats count
this as an MRU buffer. The buffer transitions to MFU. The arcstats are
updated to reflect this. Upon pool re-import or on/offlining the L2ARC
device the arcstats are cleared and the buffer will now be counted as an
MRU buffer, as the L2ARC metadata were not updated.
Bug fix:
- If l2arc_noprefetch is set, arc_read_done clears the L2CACHE flag of
an ARC buffer. However, prefetches may be issued in a way that
arc_read_done() is bypassed. Instead, move the related code in
l2arc_write_eligible() to account for those cases too.
Also add a test and update manpages for l2arc_mfuonly module parameter,
and update the manpages and code comments for l2arc_noprefetch.
Move persist_l2arc tests to l2arc.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10743
In certain workloads it may be beneficial to reduce wear of L2ARC
devices by not caching MRU metadata and data into L2ARC. This commit
introduces a new tunable l2arc_mfuonly for this purpose.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10710
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Submitted-by: Harry Schmalzbauer
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10866
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10866
Duplicate io and checksum ereport events can misrepresent that
things are worse than they seem. Ideally the zpool events and the
corresponding vdev stat error counts in a zpool status should be
for unique errors -- not the same error being counted over and over.
This can be demonstrated in a simple example. With a single bad
block in a datafile and just 5 reads of the file we end up with a
degraded vdev, even though there is only one unique error in the pool.
The proposed solution to the above issue, is to eliminate duplicates
when posting events and when updating vdev error stats. We now save
recent error events of interest when posting events so that we can
easily check for duplicates when posting an error.
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#10861
Allow to rename file systems without remounting if it is possible.
It is possible for file systems with 'mountpoint' property set to
'legacy' or 'none' - we don't have to change mount directory for them.
Currently such file systems are unmounted on rename and not even
mounted back.
This introduces layering violation, as we need to update
'f_mntfromname' field in statfs structure related to mountpoint (for
the dataset we are renaming and all its children).
In my opinion it is worth it, as it allow to update FreeBSD in even
cleaner way - in ZFS-only configuration root file system is ZFS file
system with 'mountpoint' property set to 'legacy'. If root dataset is
named system/rootfs, we can snapshot it (system/rootfs@upgrade), clone
it (system/oldrootfs), update FreeBSD and if it doesn't boot we can
boot back from system/oldrootfs and rename it back to system/rootfs
while it is mounted as /. Before it was not possible, because
unmounting / was not possible.
Authored by: Pawel Jakub Dawidek <pjd@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported by: Matt Macy <mmacy@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10839
There are a ton of zfs-* and zpool-* man pages. This adds them to
the SEE ALSO section so that people can more quickly look through
what all the options are, now that the pages have been split.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Signed-off-by: John-Mark Gurney <jmg@funkthat.com>
Closes#10589
Since L2ARC buffers are not evicted on memory pressure, too large
amount of headers on system with irrationally large L2ARC can render
it slow or even unusable. This change limits L2ARC writes and
rebuild if unevictable L2ARC-only headers reach dangerous level.
While there, call arc_adapt() on L2ARC rebuild, so that it could
properly grow arc_c, reflecting potentially significant ARC size
increase and avoiding slow growth with hopeless eviction attempts
later when "overflow" is detected.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reported-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10765
* Use all caps for document title.
* Remove section name as it can be inferred from the section number.
* Name "OpenZFS" as the document source.
* Bump modification date.
While here, fixed trailing whitespace reported by igor.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10792
Specify that, by default, zpool import uses the libblkid
cache on Linux and geom on FreeBSD, and only scans when
-d/-s is provided.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Chris McDonough <chrism@plope.com>
Closes#7656Closes#10771
Many modern devices use physical allocation units that are much
larger than the minimum logical allocation size accessible by
external commands. Two prevalent examples of this are 512e disk
drives (512b logical sector, 4K physical sector) and flash devices
(512b logical sector, 4K or larger allocation block size, and 128k
or larger erase block size). Operations that modify less than the
physical sector size result in a costly read-modify-write or garbage
collection sequence on these devices.
Simply exporting the true physical sector of the device to ZFS would
yield optimal performance, but has two serious drawbacks:
1. Existing pools created with devices that have different logical
and physical block sizes, but were configured to use the logical
block size (e.g. because the OS version used for pool construction
reported the logical block size instead of the physical block
size) will suddenly find that the vdev allocation size has
increased. This can be easily tolerated for active members of
the array, but ZFS would prevent replacement of a vdev with
another identical device because it now appears that the smaller
allocation size required by the pool is not supported by the new
device.
2. The device's physical block size may be too large to be supported
by ZFS. The optimal allocation size for the vdev may be quite
large. For example, a RAID controller may export a vdev that
requires read-modify-write cycles unless accessed using 64k
aligned/sized requests. ZFS currently has an 8k minimum block
size limit.
Reporting both the logical and physical allocation sizes for vdevs
solves these problems. A device may be used so long as the logical
block size is compatible with the configuration. By comparing the
logical and physical block sizes, new configurations can be optimized
and administrators can be notified of any existing pools that are
sub-optimal.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Matthew Macy <mmacy@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#10619
The recommended practice for `.Os` on FreeBSD is to not specify any
arguments. The correct OS name is used automatically.
Oddly enough, on the Linux distro I tested this on (CentOS 7), the man
pager defaulted to displaying "BSD" as the OS rather than "Linux". To
accommodate this, tack " Linux" back on in an install hook on Linux.
This is much simpler than removing it for FreeBSD when vendored in the
base system.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10760
This PR adds two new compression types, based on ZStandard:
- zstd: A basic ZStandard compression algorithm Available compression.
Levels for zstd are zstd-1 through zstd-19, where the compression
increases with every level, but speed decreases.
- zstd-fast: A faster version of the ZStandard compression algorithm
zstd-fast is basically a "negative" level of zstd. The compression
decreases with every level, but speed increases.
Available compression levels for zstd-fast:
- zstd-fast-1 through zstd-fast-10
- zstd-fast-20 through zstd-fast-100 (in increments of 10)
- zstd-fast-500 and zstd-fast-1000
For more information check the man page.
Implementation details:
Rather than treat each level of zstd as a different algorithm (as was
done historically with gzip), the block pointer `enum zio_compress`
value is simply zstd for all levels, including zstd-fast, since they all
use the same decompression function.
The compress= property (a 64bit unsigned integer) uses the lower 7 bits
to store the compression algorithm (matching the number of bits used in
a block pointer, as the 8th bit was borrowed for embedded block
pointers). The upper bits are used to store the compression level.
It is necessary to be able to determine what compression level was used
when later reading a block back, so the concept used in LZ4, where the
first 32bits of the on-disk value are the size of the compressed data
(since the allocation is rounded up to the nearest ashift), was
extended, and we store the version of ZSTD and the level as well as the
compressed size. This value is returned when decompressing a block, so
that if the block needs to be recompressed (L2ARC, nop-write, etc), that
the same parameters will be used to result in the matching checksum.
All of the internal ZFS code ( `arc_buf_hdr_t`, `objset_t`,
`zio_prop_t`, etc.) uses the separated _compress and _complevel
variables. Only the properties ZAP contains the combined/bit-shifted
value. The combined value is split when the compression_changed_cb()
callback is called, and sets both objset members (os_compress and
os_complevel).
The userspace tools all use the combined/bit-shifted value.
Additional notes:
zdb can now also decode the ZSTD compression header (flag -Z) and
inspect the size, version and compression level saved in that header.
For each record, if it is ZSTD compressed, the parameters of the decoded
compression header get printed.
ZSTD is included with all current tests and new tests are added
as-needed.
Per-dataset feature flags now get activated when the property is set.
If a compression algorithm requires a feature flag, zfs activates the
feature when the property is set, rather than waiting for the first
block to be born. This is currently only used by zstd but can be
extended as needed.
Portions-Sponsored-By: The FreeBSD Foundation
Co-authored-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Co-authored-by: Kjeld Schouten-Lebbing <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Co-authored-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allan@klarasystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Kjeld Schouten-Lebbing <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Michael Niewöhner <foss@mniewoehner.de>
Closes#6247Closes#9024Closes#10277Closes#10278
We limit the size of nvlists passed to the kernel so a user cannot make
the kernel do an unreasonably large allocation. On FreeBSD this limit
was 128 kiB, which turns out to be a bit too small when doing some
operations involving a large number of datasets or snapshots, for
example replication.
Make this limit tunable, with a platform-specific auto default.
Linux keeps its limit at KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE. FreeBSD uses 1/4 of the
system limit on user wired memory, which allows it to scale depending
on system configuration.
Reviewed-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <freqlabs@FreeBSD.org>
Issue #6572Closes#10706
The GRUB restrictions are based around the pool's bootfs property.
Given the current situation where GRUB is not staying current with
OpenZFS pool features, having either a non-ZFS /boot or a separate
pool with limited features are pretty much the only long-term answers
for GRUB support. Only the second case matters in this context. For
the restrictions to be useful, the bootfs property would have to be set
on the boot pool, because that is where we need the restrictions, as
that is the pool that GRUB reads from. The documentation for bootfs
describes it as pointing to the root pool. That's also how it's used in
the initramfs. ZFS does not allow setting bootfs to point to a dataset
in another pool. (If it did, it'd be difficult-to-impossible to enforce
these restrictions cross-pool). Accordingly, bootfs is pretty much
useless for GRUB scenarios moving forward.
Even for users who have only one pool, the existing restrictions for
GRUB are incomplete. They don't prevent you from enabling the
unsupported checksums, for example. For that reason, I have ripped out
all the GRUB restrictions.
A little longer-term, I think extending the proposed features=portable
system to define a features=grub is a much more useful approach. The
user could set that on the boot pool at creation, and things would
Just Work.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8627
`KMC_KMEM` and `KMC_VMEM` are now unused since all SPL-implemented
caches are `KMC_KVMEM`.
KMC_KMEM: Given the default value of `spl_kmem_cache_kmem_limit`, we
don't use kmalloc to back the SPL caches, instead we use kvmalloc
(KMC_KVMEM). The flag, module parameter, /proc entries, and associated
code are removed.
KMC_VMEM: This flag is not used, and kvmalloc() is always preferable to
vmalloc(). The flag, /proc entries, and associated code are removed.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10673
The ARC shrinker callback `arc_shrinker_count/_scan()` is invoked by the
kernel's shrinker mechanism when the system is running low on free
pages. This happens via 2 code paths:
1. "direct reclaim": The system is attempting to allocate a page, but we
are low on memory. The ARC shrinker callback is invoked from the
page-allocation code path.
2. "indirect reclaim": kswapd notices that there aren't many free pages,
so it invokes the ARC shrinker callback.
In both cases, the kernel's shrinker code requests that the ARC shrinker
callback release some of its cache, and then it measures how many pages
were released. However, it's measurement of released pages does not
include pages that are freed via `__free_pages()`, which is how the ARC
releases memory (via `abd_free_chunks()`). Rather, the kernel shrinker
code is looking for pages to be placed on the lists of reclaimable pages
(which is separate from actually-free pages).
Because the kernel shrinker code doesn't detect that the ARC has
released pages, it may call the ARC shrinker callback many times,
resulting in the ARC "collapsing" down to `arc_c_min`. This has several
negative impacts:
1. ZFS doesn't use RAM to cache data effectively.
2. In the direct reclaim case, a single page allocation may wait a long
time (e.g. more than a minute) while we evict the entire ARC.
3. Even with the improvements made in 67c0f0dedc ("ARC shrinking blocks
reads/writes"), occasionally `arc_size` may stay above `arc_c` for the
entire time of the ARC collapse, thus blocking ZFS read/write operations
in `arc_get_data_impl()`.
To address these issues, this commit limits the ways that the ARC
shrinker callback can be used by the kernel shrinker code, and mitigates
the impact of arc_is_overflowing() on ZFS read/write operations.
With this commit:
1. We limit the amount of data that can be reclaimed from the ARC via
the "direct reclaim" shrinker. This limits the amount of time it takes
to allocate a single page.
2. We do not allow the ARC to shrink via kswapd (indirect reclaim).
Instead we rely on `arc_evict_zthr` to monitor free memory and reduce
the ARC target size to keep sufficient free memory in the system. Note
that we can't simply rely on limiting the amount that we reclaim at once
(as for the direct reclaim case), because kswapd's "boosted" logic can
invoke the callback an unlimited number of times (see
`balance_pgdat()`).
3. When `arc_is_overflowing()` and we want to allocate memory,
`arc_get_data_impl()` will wait only for a multiple of the requested
amount of data to be evicted, rather than waiting for the ARC to no
longer be overflowing. This allows ZFS reads/writes to make progress
even while the ARC is overflowing, while also ensuring that the eviction
thread makes progress towards reducing the total amount of memory used
by the ARC.
4. The amount of memory that the ARC always tries to keep free for the
rest of the system, `arc_sys_free` is increased.
5. Now that the shrinker callback is able to provide feedback to the
kernel's shrinker code about our progress, we can safely enable
the kswapd hook. This will allow the arc to receive notifications
when memory pressure is first detected by the kernel. We also
re-enable the appropriate kstats to track these callbacks.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10600
Set the initial max sizes to ULONG_MAX to allow the caches to grow
with the ARC.
Recalculate the metadata cache size on demand so it can adapt, too.
Update descriptions in zfs-module-parameters(5).
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10563Closes#10610
Adding a new subcommand to zstream called token. This
now allows users to decode a resume token to retrieve the toname
field. This can be useful for tools that need this information.
The syntax works as follows zstream token <resume_token>.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Perkins <tperkins@datto.com>
Closes#10558
Livelists and spacemaps are data structures that are logs of allocations
and frees. Livelists entries are block pointers (blkptr_t). Spacemaps
entries are ranges of numbers, most often used as to track
allocated/freed regions of metaslabs/vdevs.
These data structures can become self-inconsistent, for example if a
block or range can be "double allocated" (two allocation records without
an intervening free) or "double freed" (two free records without an
intervening allocation).
ZDB (as well as zfs running in the kernel) can detect these
inconsistencies when loading livelists and metaslab. However, it
generally halts processing when the error is detected.
When analyzing an on-disk problem, we often want to know the entire set
of inconsistencies, which is not possible with the current behavior.
This commit adds a new flag, `zdb -y`, which analyzes the livelist and
metaslab data structures and displays all of their inconsistencies.
Note that this is different from the leak detection performed by
`zdb -b`, which checks for inconsistencies between the spacemaps and the
tree of block pointers, but assumes the spacemaps are self-consistent.
The specific checks added are:
Verify livelists by iterating through each sublivelists and:
- report leftover FREEs
- report double ALLOCs and double FREEs
- record leftover ALLOCs together with their TXG [see Cross Check]
Verify spacemaps by iterating over each metaslab and:
- iterate over spacemap and then the metaslab's entries in the
spacemap log, then report any double FREEs and double ALLOCs
Verify that livelists are consistenet with spacemaps. The space
referenced by livelists (after using the FREE's to cancel out
corresponding ALLOCs) should be allocated, according to the spacemaps.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-66031
Closes#10515
A bunch of places need to edit files to incorporate the configured paths
i.e. bindir, sbindir etc. Move this logic into a common file.
Create arc_summary by copying arc_summary[23] as appropriate at build
time instead of install time.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10559
The device_rebuild feature enables sequential reconstruction when
resilvering. Mirror vdevs can be rebuilt in LBA order which may
more quickly restore redundancy depending on the pools average block
size, overall fragmentation and the performance characteristics
of the devices. However, block checksums cannot be verified
as part of the rebuild thus a scrub is automatically started after
the sequential resilver completes.
The new '-s' option has been added to the `zpool attach` and
`zpool replace` command to request sequential reconstruction
instead of healing reconstruction when resilvering.
zpool attach -s <pool> <existing vdev> <new vdev>
zpool replace -s <pool> <old vdev> <new vdev>
The `zpool status` output has been updated to report the progress
of sequential resilvering in the same way as healing resilvering.
The one notable difference is that multiple sequential resilvers
may be in progress as long as they're operating on different
top-level vdevs.
The `zpool wait -t resilver` command was extended to wait on
sequential resilvers. From this perspective they are no different
than healing resilvers.
Sequential resilvers cannot be supported for RAIDZ, but are
compatible with the dRAID feature being developed.
As part of this change the resilver_restart_* tests were moved
in to the functional/replacement directory. Additionally, the
replacement tests were renamed and extended to verify both
resilvering and rebuilding.
Original-patch-by: Isaac Huang <he.huang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Poduska <jpoduska@datto.com>
Co-authored-by: Mark Maybee <mmaybee@cray.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#10349
The meaning of the `free` field is currently `zfs_arc_sys_free`, which
is the target amount of memory to leave free for the system, and is
constant after booting.
This commit changes the meaning of `free` to arc_free_memory(), the
amount of memory that the ARC considers to be free.
It also adds a new arcstat field `avail`, which tracks
`arc_available_memory()`.
Since `avail` can be negative, it also updates the arcstat script to
pretty-print negative values.
example output:
$ arcstat -f time,miss,arcsz,c,grow,need,free,avail 1
time miss arcsz c grow need free avail
15:03:02 39K 114G 114G 0 0 2.4G 407M
15:03:03 42K 114G 114G 0 0 2.1G 120M
15:03:04 40K 114G 114G 0 0 1.8G -177M
15:03:05 24K 113G 112G 0 0 1.7G -269M
15:03:06 29K 111G 110G 0 0 1.6G -385M
15:03:07 27K 110G 108G 0 0 1.4G -535M
15:03:08 13K 108G 108G 0 0 2.2G 239M
15:03:09 33K 107G 107G 0 0 1.3G -639M
15:03:10 16K 105G 102G 0 0 2.6G 704M
15:03:11 7.2K 102G 102G 0 0 5.1G 3.1G
15:03:12 42K 103G 102G 0 0 4.8G 2.8G
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10494
Reduce the usage of EXTRA_DIST. If files are conditionally included in
_SOURCES, _HEADERS etc, automake is smart enough to dist all files that
could possibly be included, but this does not apply to EXTRA_DIST,
resulting in make dist depending on the configuration.
Add some files that were missing altogether in various Makefile's.
The changes to disted files in this commit (excluding deleted files):
+./cmd/zed/agents/README.md
+./etc/init.d/README.md
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/getexecname.c
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/gethostid.c
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/getmntany.c
+./lib/libspl/os/freebsd/mnttab.c
-./lib/libzfs/libzfs_core.pc
-./lib/libzfs/libzfs.pc
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_compat.c
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_fsshare.c
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_ioctl_compat.c
+./lib/libzfs/os/freebsd/libzfs_zmount.c
+./lib/libzutil/os/freebsd/zutil_compat.c
+./lib/libzutil/os/freebsd/zutil_device_path_os.c
+./lib/libzutil/os/freebsd/zutil_import_os.c
+./module/lua/README.zfs
+./module/os/linux/spl/README.md
+./tests/README.md
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/cli_root/zfs_clone/zfs_clone_rm_nested.ksh
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/cli_root/zfs_send/zfs_send_encrypted_unloaded.ksh
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/inheritance/README.config
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/inheritance/README.state
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/functional/rsend/rsend_016_neg.ksh
+./tests/zfs-tests/tests/perf/fio/sequential_readwrite.fio
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Arvind Sankar <nivedita@alum.mit.edu>
Closes#10501
This commit adds two features to zed, that macOS desires. The first
is that when you unload the kernel module, zed would enter into a
cpubusy loop calling zfs_events_next() repeatedly. We now look for
ENODEV, returned by kernel, so zed can exit gracefully.
Second feature is -I (idle) (alas -P persist was taken) is for the
deamon to;
1; if started without ZFS kernel module, stick around waiting for it.
2; if kernel module is unloaded, go back to 1.
This is due to daemons in macOS is started by launchctl, and is
expected to stick around.
Currently, the busy loop only exists when errno is ENODEV. This is
to ensure that functionality that upstream expects is not changed.
It did not care about errors before, and it still does not. (with the
exception of ENODEV).
However, it is probably better that all errors
(ERESTART notwithstanding) exits the loop, and the issues complaining
about zed taking all CPU will go away.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Closes#10476
Implement semi-compatible functionality for mode=0 (preallocation)
and mode=FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE (preallocation beyond EOF) for ZPL.
Since ZFS does COW and snapshots, preallocating blocks for a file
cannot guarantee that writes to the file will not run out of space.
Even if the first overwrite was guaranteed, it would not handle any
later overwrite of blocks due to COW, so strict compliance is futile.
Instead, make a best-effort check that at least enough free space is
currently available in the pool (with a bit of margin), then create
a sparse file of the requested size and continue on with life.
This does not handle all cases (e.g. several fallocate() calls before
writing into the files when the filesystem is nearly full), which
would require a more complex mechanism to be implemented, probably
based on a modified version of dmu_prealloc(), but is usable as-is.
A new module option zfs_fallocate_reserve_percent is used to control
the reserve margin for any single fallocate call. By default, this
is 110% of the requested preallocation size, so an additional 10% of
available space is reserved for overhead to allow the application a
good chance of finishing the write when the fallocate() succeeds.
If the heuristics of this basic fallocate implementation are not
desirable, the old non-functional behavior of returning EOPNOTSUPP
for calls can be restored by setting zfs_fallocate_reserve_percent=0.
The parameter of zfs_statvfs() is changed to take an inode instead
of a dentry, since no dentry is available in zfs_fallocate_common().
A few tests from @behlendorf cover basic fallocate functionality.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Arshad Hussain <arshad.super@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Co-authored-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dilger <adilger@dilger.ca>
Issue #326Closes#10408
While checking bash_completion I missed bookmark as type.
```
# zfs get type zpool2#b
NAME PROPERTY VALUE SOURCE
zpool2#b type bookmark -
```
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Grischa Zengel <github.zfsonlinux@zengel.info>
Closes#10419
The horrible effects of human slavery continue to impact society. The
casual use of the term "slave" in computer software is an unnecessary
reference to a painful human experience.
This commit removes all possible references to the term "slave".
Implementation notes:
The zpool.d/slaves script is renamed to dm-deps, which uses the same
terminology as `dmsetup deps`.
References to the `/sys/class/block/$dev/slaves` directory remain. This
directory name is determined by the Linux kernel. Although
`dmsetup deps` provides the same information, it unfortunately requires
elevated privileges, whereas the `/sys/...` directory is world-readable.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10435
Correct various typos in the comments and tests.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andrea Gelmini <andrea.gelmini@gelma.net>
Closes#10423
The l2arc_evict() function is responsible for evicting buffers which
reference the next bytes of the L2ARC device to be overwritten. Teach
this function to additionally TRIM that vdev space before it is
overwritten if the device has been filled with data. This is done by
vdev_trim_simple() which trims by issuing a new type of TRIM,
TRIM_TYPE_SIMPLE.
We also implement a "Trim Ahead" feature. It is a zfs module parameter,
expressed in % of the current write size. This trims ahead of the
current write size. A minimum of 64MB will be trimmed. The default is 0
which disables TRIM on L2ARC as it can put significant stress to
underlying storage devices. To enable TRIM on L2ARC we set
l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
We also implement TRIM of the whole cache device upon addition to a
pool, pool creation or when the header of the device is invalid upon
importing a pool or onlining a cache device. This is dependent on
l2arc_trim_ahead > 0. TRIM of the whole device is done with
TRIM_TYPE_MANUAL so that its status can be monitored by zpool status -t.
We save the TRIM state for the whole device and the time of completion
on-disk in the header, and restore these upon L2ARC rebuild so that
zpool status -t can correctly report them. Whole device TRIM is done
asynchronously so that the user can export of the pool or remove the
cache device while it is trimming (ie if it is too slow).
We do not TRIM the whole device if persistent L2ARC has been disabled by
l2arc_rebuild_enabled = 0 because we may not want to lose all cached
buffers (eg we may want to import the pool with
l2arc_rebuild_enabled = 0 only once because of memory pressure). If
persistent L2ARC has been disabled by setting the module parameter
l2arc_rebuild_blocks_min_l2size to a value greater than the size of the
cache device then the whole device is trimmed upon creation or import of
a pool if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Adam D. Moss <c@yotes.com>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#9713Closes#9789Closes#10224
Allow zfs datasets to be mounted on Linux without relying on the
invocation of an external processes. This is the same behavior
which is implemented for FreeBSD.
Use of the libmount library was originally considered because it
provides functionality to properly lock and update the /etc/mtab
file. However, these days /etc/mtab is typically a symlink to
/proc/self/mounts so there's nothing to updated. Therefore, we
call mount(2) directly and avoid any additional dependencies.
If required the legacy behavior can be enabled by setting the
ZFS_MOUNT_HELPER environment variable. This may be needed in
environments where SELinux in enabled and the zfs binary does
not have mount permission.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Felix Dörre <felix@dogcraft.de>
#10294
Small program that converts a dataset id and an object id to a path
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#10204
Turns out the illumos manpage, which is what this originates from, was
written for the original Perl version of the utility which is not the
version in the OpenZFS tree. *That* version originates from a Python
rewrite that was done for FreeNAS. So fix up the manpage to match what
we actually ship (and fix a few typos in the process).
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: AJ Jordan <alex@strugee.net>
Closes#10288
And move it from section 1m to section 1 for consistency.
Imported from illumos commit f34d737f.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: AJ Jordan <alex@strugee.net>
Closes#10288
Functional changes:
We implement refcounts of log blocks and their aligned size on the
cache device along with two corresponding arcstats. The refcounts are
reflected in the header of the device and provide valuable information
as to whether log blocks are accounted for correctly. These are
dynamically adjusted as log blocks are committed/evicted. zdb also uses
this information in the device header and compares it to the
corresponding values as reported by dump_l2arc_log_blocks() which
emulates l2arc_rebuild(). If the refcounts saved in the device header
report higher values, zdb exits with an error. For this feature to work
correctly there should be no active writes on the device. This is also
employed in the tests of persistent L2ARC. We extend the structure of
the cache device header by adding the two new variables mirroring the
refcounts after the existing variables to preserve backward
compatibility in terms of persistent L2ARC.
1) a new arcstat "l2_log_blk_asize" and refcount "l2ad_lb_asize" which
reflect the total aligned size of log blocks on the device. This is
also reflected in the header of the cache device as "dh_lb_asize".
2) a new arcstat "l2arc_log_blk_count" and refcount "l2ad_lb_count"
which reflect the total number of L2ARC log blocks present on cache
devices. It is also reflected in the header of the cache device as
"dh_lb_count".
In l2arc_rebuild_vdev() if the amount of committed log entries in a log
block is 0 and the device header is valid we update the device header.
This will facilitate trimming of the whole device in this case when
TRIM for L2ARC is implemented.
Improve loop protection in l2arc_rebuild() by using the starting offset
of the payload of each log block instead of the starting offset of the
log block.
If the zio in l2arc_write_buffers() fails, restore the lbps array in the
header of the device to its previous state in l2arc_write_done().
If l2arc_rebuild() ends the rebuild process without restoring any L2ARC
log blocks in ARC and without any other error, this means that the lbps
array in the header is pointing to non-existent or invalid log blocks.
Reset the device header in this case.
In l2arc_rebuild() change the zfs_dbgmsg messages to
spa_history_log_internal() making them user visible with zpool history
command.
Non-functional changes:
Make the first test in persistent L2ARC use `zdb -lll` to increase
coverage in `zdb.c`.
Rename psize with asize when referring to log blocks, since
L2ARC_SET_PSIZE stores the vdev aligned size for log blocks. Also
rename dh_log_blk_entries to dh_log_entries to make it clear that
it is a mirror of l2ad_log_entries. Added comments for both changes.
Fix inaccurate comments for example in l2arc_log_blk_restore().
Add asserts at the end in l2arc_evict() and l2arc_write_buffers().
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#10228
Authored-by: Paul B. Henson <henson@acm.org>
Reviewed by: Albert Lee <trisk@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Paul B. Henson <henson@acm.org>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/3254
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/71dbfc287cCloses#10266
Porting notes:
* Updated zfs_acl_chmod to take 'boolean_t isdir' as first parameter
rather than 'zfsvfs_t *zfsvfs'
* zfs man pages changes mixed between zfs and new zfsprops man pages
Reviewed by: Aram Hvrneanu <aram@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Robert Gordon <rbg@openrbg.com>
Reviewed by: Mark.Maybee@oracle.com
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@nexenta.com>
Ported-by: Paul B. Henson <henson@acm.org>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/742
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/664
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/279
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/a3c49ce110Closes#10266
Round up the volume size requested in `zfs create -V size` to the next
higher multiple of the volblocksize. Updates the man page and adds a
test to verify the new behavior.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reported-by: puffi <puffi@users.noreply.github.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex John <alex@stty.io>
Closes#8541Closes#10196
Deduplicated send streams (i.e. `zfs send -D` and `zfs receive` of such
streams) are deprecated. Deduplicated send streams can be received by
first converting them to non-deduplicated with the `zstream redup`
command.
This commit removes the code for sending and receiving deduplicated send
streams. `zfs send -D` will now print a warning, ignore the `-D` flag,
and generate a regular (non-deduplicated) send stream. `zfs receive` of
a deduplicated send stream will print an error message and fail.
The resulting code simplification (especially in the kernel's support
for receiving dedup streams) should help enable future performance
enhancements.
Several new tests are added which leverage `zstream redup`.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Issue #7887
Issue #10117
Issue #10156Closes#10212
Deduplicated send and receive is deprecated. To ease migration to the
new dedup-send-less world, the commit adds a `zstream redup` utility to
convert deduplicated send streams to normal streams, so that they can
continue to be received indefinitely.
The new `zstream` command also replaces the functionality of
`zstreamdump`, by way of the `zstream dump` subcommand. The
`zstreamdump` command is replaced by a shell script which invokes
`zstream dump`.
The way that `zstream redup` works under the hood is that as we read the
send stream, we build up a hash table which maps from `<GUID, object,
offset> -> <file_offset>`.
Whenever we see a WRITE record, we add a new entry to the hash table,
which indicates where in the stream file to find the WRITE record for
this block. (The key is `drr_toguid, drr_object, drr_offset`.)
For entries other than WRITE_BYREF, we pass them through unchanged
(except for the running checksum, which is recalculated).
For WRITE_BYREF records, we change them to WRITE records. We find the
referenced WRITE record by looking in the hash table (for the record
with key `drr_refguid, drr_refobject, drr_refoffset`), and then reading
the record header and payload from the specified offset in the stream
file. This is why the stream can not be a pipe. The found WRITE record
replaces the WRITE_BYREF record, with its `drr_toguid`, `drr_object`,
and `drr_offset` fields changed to be the same as the WRITE_BYREF's
(i.e. we are writing the same logical block, but with the data supplied
by the previous WRITE record).
This algorithm requires memory proportional to the number of WRITE
records (same as `zfs send -D`), but the size per WRITE record is
relatively low (40 bytes, vs. 72 for `zfs send -D`). A 1TB send stream
with 8KB blocks (`recordsize=8k`) would use around 5GB of RAM to
"redup".
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10124Closes#10156
This commit makes the L2ARC persistent across reboots. We implement
a light-weight persistent L2ARC metadata structure that allows L2ARC
contents to be recovered after a reboot. This significantly eases the
impact a reboot has on read performance on systems with large caches.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Co-authored-by: Saso Kiselkov <skiselkov@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Co-authored-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Ported-by: Yuxuan Shui <yshuiv7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#925Closes#1823Closes#2672Closes#3744Closes#9582
Add a mechanism to wait for delete queue to drain.
When doing redacted send/recv, many workflows involve deleting files
that contain sensitive data. Because of the way zfs handles file
deletions, snapshots taken quickly after a rm operation can sometimes
still contain the file in question, especially if the file is very
large. This can result in issues for redacted send/recv users who
expect the deleted files to be redacted in the send streams, and not
appear in their clones.
This change duplicates much of the zpool wait related logic into a
zfs wait command, which can be used to wait until the internal
deleteq has been drained. Additional wait activities may be added
in the future.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9707
Linux changed the default max ARC size to 1/2 of physical memory to
deal with shortcomings of the Linux SLUB allocator. Other platforms
do not require the same logic.
Implement an arc_default_max() function to determine a default max ARC
size in platform code.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10155
Dedup send can only deduplicate over the set of blocks in the send
command being invoked, and it does not take advantage of the dedup table
to do so. This is a very common misconception among not only users, but
developers, and makes the feature seem more useful than it is. As a
result, many users are using the feature but not getting any benefit
from it.
Dedup send requires a nontrivial expenditure of memory and CPU to
operate, especially if the dataset(s) being sent is (are) not already
using a dedup-strength checksum.
Dedup send adds developer burden. It expands the test matrix when
developing new features, causing bugs in released code, and delaying
development efforts by forcing more testing to be done.
As a result, we are deprecating the use of `zfs send -D` and receiving
of such streams. This change adds a warning to the man page, and also
prints the warning whenever dedup send or receive are used.
In a future release, we plan to:
1. remove the kernel code for generating deduplicated streams
2. make `zfs send -D` generate regular, non-deduplicated streams
3. remove the kernel code for receiving deduplicated streams
4. make `zfs receive` of deduplicated streams process them in userland
to "re-duplicate" them, so that they can still be received.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#7887Closes#10117
Currently when the dataset is in use we can't receive snapshots.
zfs send test/1@asd | zfs recv -FM test/2
cannot unmount '/test/2': Device busy
This commits add option 'M' which attempts to forcibly unmount the
dataset. Thanks to this we can enforce receiving snapshots in a
single step.
Note that this functionality is not supported on Linux because the
VFS will prevent active mounted filesystems from being unmounted,
even with the force option. This is the intended VFS behavior.
Test cases were added to verify the expected behavior based on
the platform.
Discussed-with: Pawel Jakub Dawidek <pjd@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
External-issue: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D22306Closes#9904
For each WRITE record in the stream, `zfs receive` creates a DMU
transaction (`dmu_tx_create()`) and writes this block's data into the
object. If per-block overheads (as opposed to per-byte overheads)
dominate performance (as is often the case with small recordsize), the
per-dmu-transaction overheads can be significant. For example, in some
workloads the `receieve_writer` thread is 100% on CPU, and more than
half of its CPU time is in these per-tx routines (e.g.
dmu_tx_hold_write, dmu_tx_assign, dmu_tx_commit).
To improve performance of `zfs receive`, this commit batches WRITE
records which are to nearby offsets of the same object, and uses one DMU
transaction to write them all. By default the batch size is 1MB, which
for recordsize=8K reduces the number of DMU transactions by 128x for
full send streams (incrementals will depend on how "clumpy" the changed
blocks are).
This commit improves the performance of `dd if=stream | zfs recv`
from 78,800 blocks/sec to 98,100 blocks/sec (25% improvement).
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10099
Filesystems allow overlay mounts by default on FreeBSD and Linux.
Respect the native convention by switching the default to overlay=on,
while retaining the option to turn the property off for compatibility
with other operating systems' conventions.
Update documentation and tests accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#10030
Manual trims fall into the category of long-running pool activities
which people might want to wait synchronously for. This change adds
support to 'zpool wait' for waiting for manual trim operations to
complete. It also adds a '-w' flag to 'zpool trim' which can be used to
turn 'zpool trim' into a synchronous operation.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Closes#10071
The Linux VFS will never allow a filesystem which is in use to
be unmounted. This behavior differs from other platforms like
FreeBSD which allow a filesystem to be force unmounted. This
will result in errors being returned to applications actively
using the filesystem.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Zaborski <oshogbo@vexillium.org>
Closes#10013
Moving forward, we wish to use org.openzfs (no dash) rather than
org.open-zfs or org.zfsonlinux for feature GUIDs and property names.
The existing feature GUIDs cannot be changed.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#10003
This commit refactors the systemd mount generators and makes the
following major changes:
- The generator now generates units for datasets marked canmount=noauto,
too. These units are NOT WantedBy local-fs.target.
If there are multiple noauto datasets for a path, no noauto unit will
be created. Datasets with canmount=on are prioritized.
- Introduces handling of new user properties which are now included in
the zfs-list.cache files:
- org.openzfs.systemd:requires:
List of units to require for this mount unit
- org.openzfs.systemd:requires-mounts-for:
List of mounts to require by this mount unit
- org.openzfs.systemd:before:
List of units to order after this mount unit
- org.openzfs.systemd:after:
List of units to order before this mount unit
- org.openzfs.systemd:wanted-by:
List of units to add a Wants dependency on this mount unit to
- org.openzfs.systemd:required-by:
List of units to add a Requires dependency on this mount unit to
- org.openzfs.systemd:nofail:
Toggles between a wants and a requires dependency.
- org.openzfs.systemd:ignore:
Do not generate a mount unit for this dataset.
Consult the updated man page for detailed documentation.
- Restructures and extends the zfs-mount-generator(8) man page with the
above properties, information on unit ordering and a license header.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: InsanePrawn <insane.prawny@gmail.com>
Closes#9649
This adds support for setting user properties in a
zfs channel program by adding 'zfs.sync.set_prop'
and 'zfs.check.set_prop' to the ZFS LUA API.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Co-authored-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Contributions-by: Jason King <jason.king@joyent.com>
Signed-off-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason King <jason.king@joyent.com>
Closes#9950
The module parameter zfs_async_block_max_blocks limits the number of
blocks that can be freed by the background freeing of filesystems and
snapshots (from "zfs destroy"), in one TXG. This is useful when freeing
dedup blocks, becuase each zio_free() of a dedup block can require an
i/o to read the relevant part of the dedup table (DDT), and will also
dirty that block.
zfs_async_block_max_blocks is set to 100,000 by default. For the more
typical case where dedup is not used, this can have a negative
performance impact on the rate of background freeing (from "zfs
destroy"). For example, with recordsize=8k, and TXG's syncing once
every 5 seconds, we can free only 160MB of data per second, which may be
much less than the rate we can write data.
This change increases zfs_async_block_max_blocks to be unlimited by
default. To address the dedup freeing issue, a new tunable is
introduced, zfs_max_async_dedup_frees, which limits the number of
zio_free()'s of dedup blocks done by background destroys, per txg. The
default is 100,000 free's (same as the old zfs_async_block_max_blocks
default).
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#10000
Add support for bookmark creation and cloning.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#9571
This feature allows copying existing bookmarks using
zfs bookmark fs#target fs#newbookmark
There are some niche use cases for such functionality,
e.g. when using bookmarks as markers for replication progress.
Copying redaction bookmarks produces a normal bookmark that
cannot be used for redacted send (we are not duplicating
the redaction object).
ZCP support for bookmarking (both creation and copying) will be
implemented in a separate patch based on this work.
Overview:
- Terminology:
- source = existing snapshot or bookmark
- new/bmark = new bookmark
- Implement bookmark copying in `dsl_bookmark.c`
- create new bookmark node
- copy source's `zbn_phys` to new's `zbn_phys`
- zero-out redaction object id in copy
- Extend existing bookmark ioctl nvlist schema to accept
bookmarks as sources
- => `dsl_bookmark_create_nvl_validate` is authoritative
- use `dsl_dataset_is_before` check for both snapshot
and bookmark sources
- Adjust CLI
- refactor shortname expansion logic in `zfs_do_bookmark`
- Update man pages
- warn about redaction bookmark handling
- Add test cases
- CLI
- pyyzfs libzfs_core bindings
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#9571
zdb -R :b fails due to the indirect block being compressed,
and the 'b' and 'd' flag not working in tandem when specified.
Fix the flag parsing code and create a zfs test for zdb -R
block display. Also fix the zio flags where the dotted notation
for the vdev portion of DVA (i.e. 0.0:offset:length) fails.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#9640Closes#9729
Currently SIMD accelerated AES-GCM performance is limited by two
factors:
a. The need to disable preemption and interrupts and save the FPU
state before using it and to do the reverse when done. Due to the
way the code is organized (see (b) below) we have to pay this price
twice for each 16 byte GCM block processed.
b. Most processing is done in C, operating on single GCM blocks.
The use of SIMD instructions is limited to the AES encryption of the
counter block (AES-NI) and the Galois multiplication (PCLMULQDQ).
This leads to the FPU not being fully utilized for crypto
operations.
To solve (a) we do crypto processing in larger chunks while owning
the FPU. An `icp_gcm_avx_chunk_size` module parameter was introduced
to make this chunk size tweakable. It defaults to 32 KiB. This step
alone roughly doubles performance. (b) is tackled by porting and
using the highly optimized openssl AES-GCM assembler routines, which
do all the processing (CTR, AES, GMULT) in a single routine. Both
steps together result in up to 32x reduction of the time spend in
the en/decryption routines, leading up to approximately 12x
throughput increase for large (128 KiB) blocks.
Lastly, this commit changes the default encryption algorithm from
AES-CCM to AES-GCM when setting the `encryption=on` property.
Reviewed-By: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-By: Jason King <jason.king@joyent.com>
Reviewed-By: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-By: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Attila Fülöp <attila@fueloep.org>
Closes#9749
This replaces the placeholder ZFS_PROP_PRIVATE with ZFS_PROP_ACLMODE,
matching what is done in the NFSv4 ACLs PR (#9709).
On FreeBSD we hide ZFS_PROP_ACLTYPE, while on Linux we hide
ZFS_PROP_ACLMODE.
The tests already assume this arrangement.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@iXsystems.com>
Closes#9913
Allow a range of object identifiers to dump with -d. This may
be useful when dumping a large dataset and you want to break
it up into multiple phases, or to resume where a previous scan
left off. Object type selection flags are supported to reduce
the performance overhead of verbosely dumping unwanted objects,
and to reduce the amount of post-processing work needed to
filter out unwanted objects from zdb output.
This change extends existing syntax in a backward-compatible
way. That is, the base case of a range is to specify a single
object identifier to dump. Ranges and object identifiers can
be intermixed as command line parameters.
Usage synopsis:
Object ranges take the form <start>:<end>[:<flags>]
start Starting object number
end Ending object number, or -1 for no upper bound
flags Optional flags to select object types:
A All objects (this is the default)
d ZFS directories
f ZFS files
m SPA space maps
z ZAPs
- Negate effect of next flag
Examples:
# Dump all file objects
zdb -dd tank/fish 0👎f
# Dump all file and directory objects
zdb -dd tank/fish 0👎fd
# Dump all types except file and directory objects
zdb -dd tank/fish 0👎A-f-d
# Dump object IDs in a specific range
zdb -dd tank/fish 1000:2000
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Closes#9832
Implements the RAID-Z function using AltiVec SIMD.
This is basically the NEON code translated to AltiVec.
Note that the 'fletcher' algorithm requires 64-bits
operations, and the initial implementations of AltiVec
(PPC74xx a.k.a. G4, PPC970 a.k.a. G5) only has up to
32-bits operations, so no 'fletcher'.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.dolbeau@european-processor-initiative.eu>
Closes#9539
This adds support in channel programs to inherit properties analogous
to `zfs inherit` by adding `zfs.sync.inherit` and `zfs.check.inherit`
functions to the ZFS LUA API.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Jason King <jason.king@joyent.com>
Closes#9738
As an alternative to the dataset name, zdb now allows the decimal
or hexadecimal objset ID to be specified. When permanent errors
are reported as 2 hexadecimal numbers (objset ID : object ID) in
zpool status; you can now use 'zdb <pool>[/objset ID] object' to
determine the names of the objset and object which have the error.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#9733
As discussed on the 2019-01-07 OpenZFS Leadership Meeting, we need to be
clear about the limitations of `zfs change-key`. Changing the user key
does not change the master key, nor does it currently overwrite the old
wrapped master key on disk.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Garrett Fields <ghfields@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#9819
Update the project website links contained in to repository to
reference the secure https://zfsonlinux.org address.
Reviewed-By: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Garrett Fields <ghfields@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9837
This commit adds the --saved (-S) to the 'zfs send' command.
This flag allows a user to send a partially received dataset,
which can be useful when migrating a backup server to new
hardware. This flag is compatible with resumable receives, so
even if the saved send is interrupted, it can be resumed.
The flag does not require any user / kernel ABI changes or any
new feature flags in the send stream format.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#9007
I ran a report against the output of `modinfo zfs.ko`. This commit adds
everything missing and corrects a few renamed module parameters.
Specifically:
* zfs_checksums_per second renamed in ad796b8a3
* vdev_ms_count_limit renamed in c853f382d
Also fixes some variable type inconsistencies (unsigned int => uint)
Reviewed-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#9809
The corresponding zpool status option is -P and not -p. Update
this description to reference the correct option.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9803
If the ZFS_COLOR env variable is set, then use ANSI color
output in zpool status:
- Column headers are bold
- Degraded or offline pools/vdevs are yellow
- Non-zero error counters and faulted vdevs/pools are red
- The 'status:' and 'action:' sections are yellow if they're
displaying a warning.
This also includes a new 'faketty' function in libtest.shlib that is
compatible with FreeBSD (code provided by @freqlabs).
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#9340
Add the 'zfs jail/unjail' subcommands along with the relevant
documentation from FreeBSD. This feature is not supported on
Linux and still requires the match kernel ioctls which will
be included when the FreeBSD platform code is integrated.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9686
This interferes with zdb_read_block trying all the decompression
algorithms when the 'd' flag is specified, as some are
expected to fail. Also control the output when guessing
algorithms, try the more common compression types first, allow
specifying lsize/psize, and fix an uninitialized variable.
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#9612Closes#9630
FreeBSD uses its own crypto framework in-kernel which, at this time,
has no EDONR implementation.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matt Macy <mmacy@FreeBSD.org>
Signed-off-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Closes#9664
There may be circumstances where it's desirable that all blocks
in a specified dataset be stored on the special device. Relax
the artificial 128K limit and allow the special_small_blocks
property to be set up to 1M. When blocks >1MB have been enabled
via the zfs_max_recordsize module option, this limit is increased
accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9131Closes#9355
As described in commit f81d5ef6 the zfs_vdev_elevator module
option is being removed. Users who require this functionality
should update their systems to set the disk scheduler using a
udev rule.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #8664Closes#9417Closes#9609
The function zdb_read_block (zdb -R) was always intended to have a :c
flag which would read the DVA and length supplied by the user, and
display the checksum. Since we don't know which checksum goes with
the data, we should calculate and display them all.
For each checksum in the table, read in the data at the supplied
DVA:length, calculate the checksum, and display it. Update the man
page and create a zfs test for the new feature.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#9607
zed.service does not exist
replaced with correct service name in man.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Kjeld Schouten-Lebbing <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Closes#9581
Moved subcommand topics into individual manpages. Reordered and
grouped the list of subcommands by topic.
Moved concepts overview to `zpoolconcepts.8` and the long list of
available pool properties to `zpoolprops.8`.
Internal cross-references copied from `zpool.8` needed to be
converted to `.Xr` external references to new subcommand manual
pages.
Move `autotrim` into lexical order, autotrim tacked onto the end
of a list. Now it is in alphabetical order.
Clarify attach/detach description. Description was too specific to
command syntax. Overview clarifies reason for attaching or detaching
a device.
Clarify replace description, don't refer to subcommand arguments.
Clarify split command description, say what split actually does and
why you'd want to do it.
Clarify description of upgrade, and simplify the zpool.8 wording of
the zpool-upgrade(8) description.
Clarify description of import, detail what zpool-import(8) actually
does.
Add appropriate SEE ALSO sections. Divided zpool subcommand manual
pages need their own SEE ALSO sections. Also modified fsck.zfs.8
to point directly to zfs-scrub.8 and zed.8.in to include a direct
reference to zfs-events.8
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ross Williams <ross@ross-williams.net>
Closes#9564
Most subcommands got their own manpages (e.g. create). Some related
commands grouped into a single manpage and symlinks created (e.g. set,
get, and inherit). I did this when topics were either too short to
warrant their own file or so interrelated that a user would want to
refer between commands in the same file.
Corrected .Sx internal references to .Xr cross refs; lots of .Sx
references from when text was all in zfs.8 needed to be changed to
.Xr zfs-$SUBCOMMAND 8 cross references.
Divided subcommand list in zfs(8) into sections of related
functionality. This required writing new descriptions for some
commands.
Preserved ".Os Linux", `.Os` macro parsing behavior differs between
mandoc from the "BSD" mandoc package (available on Ubuntu) and man
from Ubuntu's man-db package, which calls groff to format the manpages.
Groff handles the `.Os` macro differently and wrongly, defaulting
it to "BSD" in `/usr/share/groff/*/tmac/mdoc/doc-common`, instead of
getting the default from `uname`.
A future set of changes will introduce build-time preprocessing of
manpages for platform-specific documentation and can insert the
correct operating system name.
Added SEE ALSO sections, the newly-divided zfs-*.8 subcommand man
pages needed their own SEE ALSO sections pointing to related
subcommands and, in some cases, documentation from other packages
(e.g. zfs-share.8).
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Kjeld Schouten <kjeld@schouten-lebbing.nl>
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ross Williams <ross@ross-williams.net>
Closes#9559
It is much faster than AVX512F when byteswapping on Skylake-SP
and newer, as we can do the byteswap in a single vshufb instead
of many instructions.
Reviewed by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.dolbeau@atos.net>
Closes#9517
While it may sometimes be convenient to export an NFS filesystem with
no_root_squash it should not be the default behavior. Align the
default behavior with the Linux NFS server defaults. To restore
the previous behavior use 'zfs set sharenfs="no_root_squash,..."'.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9397Closes#9425
Since 0.7.0, zpool import would unconditionally block on udev for 30
seconds. This introduced a regression in initramfs environments that
lack udev (particularly mdev based environments), yet use a zfs userland
tools intended for the system that had been built against udev. Gentoo's
genkernel is the main example, although custom user initramfs
environments would be similarly impacted unless special builds of the
ZFS userland utilities were done for them. Such environments already
have their own mechanisms for blocking until device nodes are ready
(such as genkernel's scandelay parameter), so it is unnecessary for
zpool import to block on a non-existent udev until a timeout is reached
inside of them.
Rather than trying to intelligently determine whether udev is available
on the system to avoid unnecessarily blocking in such environments, it
seems best to just allow the environment to override the timeout. I
propose that we add an environment variable called
ZPOOL_IMPORT_UDEV_TIMEOUT_MS. Setting it to 0 would restore the 0.6.x
behavior that was more desirable in mdev based initramfs environments.
This allows the system user land utilities to be reused when building
mdev-based initramfs archives.
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Georgy Yakovlev <gyakovlev@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Closes#9436
Update the zfs(8) man page to clearly describe that arguments for
channel programs are to be listed after the -- sentinel which
terminates argument processing. This behavior is supported by
getopt on Linux, FreeBSD, and Illumos according to each platforms
respective man pages.
zfs program [-jn] [-t instruction-limit] [-m memory-limit]
pool script [--] arg1 ...
Reviewed-by: Clint Armstrong <clint@clintarmstrong.net>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#9056Closes#9428
Originally the zfs_vdev_elevator module option was added as a
convenience so the requested elevator would be automatically set
on the underlying block devices. At the time this was simple
because the kernel provided an API function which did exactly this.
This API was then removed in the Linux 4.12 kernel which prompted
us to add compatibly code to set the elevator via a usermodehelper.
While well intentioned this introduced a bug which could cause a
system hang, that issue was subsequently fixed by commit 2a0d4188.
In order to avoid future bugs in this area, and to simplify the code,
this functionality is being deprecated. A console warning has been
added to notify any existing consumers and the documentation updated
accordingly. This option will remain for the lifetime of the 0.8.x
series for compatibility but if planned to be phased out of master.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #8664Closes#9317
Currently the best way to wait for the completion of a long-running
operation in a pool, like a scrub or device removal, is to poll 'zpool
status' and parse its output, which is neither efficient nor convenient.
This change adds a 'wait' subcommand to the zpool command. When invoked,
'zpool wait' will block until a specified type of background activity
completes. Currently, this subcommand can wait for any of the following:
- Scrubs or resilvers to complete
- Devices to initialized
- Devices to be replaced
- Devices to be removed
- Checkpoints to be discarded
- Background freeing to complete
For example, a scrub that is in progress could be waited for by running
zpool wait -t scrub <pool>
This also adds a -w flag to the attach, checkpoint, initialize, replace,
remove, and scrub subcommands. When used, this flag makes the operations
kicked off by these subcommands synchronous instead of asynchronous.
This functionality is implemented using a new ioctl. The type of
activity to wait for is provided as input to the ioctl, and the ioctl
blocks until all activity of that type has completed. An ioctl was used
over other methods of kernel-userspace communiction primarily for the
sake of portability.
Porting Notes:
This is ported from Delphix OS change DLPX-44432. The following changes
were made while porting:
- Added ZoL-style ioctl input declaration.
- Reorganized error handling in zpool_initialize in libzfs to integrate
better with changes made for TRIM support.
- Fixed check for whether a checkpoint discard is in progress.
Previously it also waited if the pool had a checkpoint, instead of
just if a checkpoint was being discarded.
- Exposed zfs_initialize_chunk_size as a ZoL-style tunable.
- Updated more existing tests to make use of new 'zpool wait'
functionality, tests that don't exist in Delphix OS.
- Used existing ZoL tunable zfs_scan_suspend_progress, together with
zinject, in place of a new tunable zfs_scan_max_blks_per_txg.
- Added support for a non-integral interval argument to zpool wait.
Future work:
ZoL has support for trimming devices, which Delphix OS does not. In the
future, 'zpool wait' could be extended to add the ability to wait for
trim operations to complete.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Closes#9162
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Andrea Gelmini <andrea.gelmini@gelma.net>
Closes#9233
With the other metaslab changes loaded onto a system, we can
significantly reduce the memory usage of each loaded metaslab and
unload them on demand if there is memory pressure. However, none
of those changes actually result in us keeping more metaslabs loaded.
If we don't keep more metaslabs loaded, we will still have to wait
for demand-loading to finish when no loaded metaslab can satisfy our
allocation, which can cause ZIL performance issues. In addition,
performance is traditionally measured by IOs per unit time, while
unloading is currently done on a txg-count basis. Txgs can take a
widely varying range of times, from tenths of a second to several
seconds. This can result in confusing, hard to predict behavior.
This change simply adds a time-based component to metaslab unloading.
A metaslab will remain loaded for one minute and 8 txgs (by default)
after it was last used, unless it is evicted due to memory pressure.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-65016
External-issue: DLPX-65047
Closes#9197
On systems with large amounts of storage and high fragmentation, a huge
amount of space can be used by storing metaslab range trees. Since
metaslabs are only unloaded during a txg sync, and only if they have
been inactive for 8 txgs, it is possible to get into a state where all
of the system's memory is consumed by range trees and metaslabs, and
txgs cannot sync. While ZFS knows how to evict ARC data when needed,
it has no such mechanism for range tree data. This can result in boot
hangs for some system configurations.
First, we add the ability to unload metaslabs outside of syncing
context. Second, we store a multilist of all loaded metaslabs, sorted
by their selection txg, so we can quickly identify the oldest
metaslabs. We use a multilist to reduce lock contention during heavy
write workloads. Finally, we add logic that will unload a metaslab
when we're loading a new metaslab, if we're using more than a certain
fraction of the available memory on range trees.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9128
When a pool is imported it will scan the pool to verify the integrity
of the data and metadata. The amount it scans will depend on the
import flags provided. On systems with small amounts of memory or
when importing a pool from the crash kernel, it's possible for
spa_load_verify to issue too many I/Os that it consumes all the memory
of the system resulting in an OOM message or a hang.
To prevent this, we limit the amount of memory that the initial pool
scan can consume. This change will, by default, use 1/16th of the ARC
for scan I/Os to prevent running the system out of memory during import.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: George Wilson george.wilson@delphix.com
External-issue: DLPX-65237
External-issue: DLPX-65238
Closes#9146
Consumers of ZFS Channel Programs can now list bookmarks,
and get holds from datasets. A minor-refactoring was also
applied to distinguish between user and system properties
in ZCP.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/8862Closes#7902
When we unload metaslabs today in ZFS, the cached max_size value is
discarded. We instead use the histogram to determine whether or not we
think we can satisfy an allocation from the metaslab. This can result in
situations where, if we're doing I/Os of a size not aligned to a
histogram bucket, a metaslab is loaded even though it cannot satisfy the
allocation we think it can. For example, a metaslab with 16 entries in
the 16k-32k bucket may have entirely 16kB entries. If we try to allocate
a 24kB buffer, we will load that metaslab because we think it should be
able to handle the allocation. Doing so is expensive in CPU time, disk
reads, and average IO latency. This is exacerbated if the write being
attempted is a sync write.
This change makes ZFS cache the max_size after the metaslab is
unloaded. If we ever get a free (or a coalesced group of frees) larger
than the max_size, we will update it. Otherwise, we leave it as is. When
attempting to allocate, we use the max_size as a lower bound, and
respect it unless we are in try_hard. However, we do age the max_size
out at some point, since we expect the actual max_size to increase as we
do more frees. A more sophisticated algorithm here might be helpful, but
this works reasonably well.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#9055
Update zpool-features.5 manpage to describe the log_spacemap feature.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#9096
Deleting a clone requires finding blocks are clone-only, not shared
with the snapshot. This was done by traversing the entire block tree
which results in a large performance penalty for sparsely
written clones.
This is new method keeps track of clone blocks when they are
modified in a "Livelist" so that, when it’s time to delete,
the clone-specific blocks are already at hand.
We see performance improvements because now deletion work is
proportional to the number of clone-modified blocks, not the size
of the original dataset.
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Closes#8416
The zfs-volume-wait.service scans existing zvols and waits for their
links under /dev to be created. Any service that depends on zvol
links to be there should add a dependency on zfs-volumes.target.
By default, this target is not enabled.
Reviewed-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zakharov <pzakharov@delphix.com>
Closes#8975
Adds the ability to sanity check zfs create arguments and to see the
value of any additional properties that will local to the dataset. For
example, automation that may need to adjust quota on a parent filesystem
before creating a volume may call `zfs create -nP -V <size> <volume>` to
obtain the value of refreservation. This adds the following options to
zfs create:
- -n dry-run (no-op)
- -v verbose
- -P parseable (implies verbose)
Reviewed-by: Ryan Moeller <ryan@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerry Jelinek <jerry.jelinek@joyent.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Gerdts <mike.gerdts@joyent.com>
Closes#8974
= Motivation
At Delphix we've seen a lot of customer systems where fragmentation
is over 75% and random writes take a performance hit because a lot
of time is spend on I/Os that update on-disk space accounting metadata.
Specifically, we seen cases where 20% to 40% of sync time is spend
after sync pass 1 and ~30% of the I/Os on the system is spent updating
spacemaps.
The problem is that these pools have existed long enough that we've
touched almost every metaslab at least once, and random writes
scatter frees across all metaslabs every TXG, thus appending to
their spacemaps and resulting in many I/Os. To give an example,
assuming that every VDEV has 200 metaslabs and our writes fit within
a single spacemap block (generally 4K) we have 200 I/Os. Then if we
assume 2 levels of indirection, we need 400 additional I/Os and
since we are talking about metadata for which we keep 2 extra copies
for redundancy we need to triple that number, leading to a total of
1800 I/Os per VDEV every TXG.
We could try and decrease the number of metaslabs so we have less
I/Os per TXG but then each metaslab would cover a wider range on
disk and thus would take more time to be loaded in memory from disk.
In addition, after it's loaded, it's range tree would consume more
memory.
Another idea would be to just increase the spacemap block size
which would allow us to fit more entries within an I/O block
resulting in fewer I/Os per metaslab and a speedup in loading time.
The problem is still that we don't deal with the number of I/Os
going up as the number of metaslabs is increasing and the fact
is that we generally write a lot to a few metaslabs and a little
to the rest of them. Thus, just increasing the block size would
actually waste bandwidth because we won't be utilizing our bigger
block size.
= About this patch
This patch introduces the Log Spacemap project which provides the
solution to the above problem while taking into account all the
aforementioned tradeoffs. The details on how it achieves that can
be found in the references sections below and in the code (see
Big Theory Statement in spa_log_spacemap.c).
Even though the change is fairly constraint within the metaslab
and lower-level SPA codepaths, there is a side-change that is
user-facing. The change is that VDEV IDs from VDEV holes will no
longer be reused. To give some background and reasoning for this,
when a log device is removed and its VDEV structure was replaced
with a hole (or was compacted; if at the end of the vdev array),
its vdev_id could be reused by devices added after that. Now
with the pool-wide space maps recording the vdev ID, this behavior
can cause problems (e.g. is this entry referring to a segment in
the new vdev or the removed log?). Thus, to simplify things the
ID reuse behavior is gone and now vdev IDs for top-level vdevs
are truly unique within a pool.
= Testing
The illumos implementation of this feature has been used internally
for a year and has been in production for ~6 months. For this patch
specifically there don't seem to be any regressions introduced to
ZTS and I have been running zloop for a week without any related
problems.
= Performance Analysis (Linux Specific)
All performance results and analysis for illumos can be found in
the links of the references. Redoing the same experiments in Linux
gave similar results. Below are the specifics of the Linux run.
After the pool reached stable state the percentage of the time
spent in pass 1 per TXG was 64% on average for the stock bits
while the log spacemap bits stayed at 95% during the experiment
(graph: sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/PercOfSyncInPassOne.png).
Sync times per TXG were 37.6 seconds on average for the stock
bits and 22.7 seconds for the log spacemap bits (related graph:
sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/SyncTimePerTXG.png). As a result
the log spacemap bits were able to push more TXGs, which is also
the reason why all graphs quantified per TXG have more entries for
the log spacemap bits.
Another interesting aspect in terms of txg syncs is that the stock
bits had 22% of their TXGs reach sync pass 7, 55% reach sync pass 8,
and 20% reach 9. The log space map bits reached sync pass 4 in 79%
of their TXGs, sync pass 7 in 19%, and sync pass 8 at 1%. This
emphasizes the fact that not only we spend less time on metadata
but we also iterate less times to convergence in spa_sync() dirtying
objects.
[related graphs:
stock- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGStock.png
lsm- sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/NumberOfPassesPerTXGLSM.png]
Finally, the improvement in IOPs that the userland gains from the
change is approximately 40%. There is a consistent win in IOPS as
you can see from the graphs below but the absolute amount of
improvement that the log spacemap gives varies within each minute
interval.
sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog3Days.png
sdimitro.github.io/img/linux-lsm/StockVsLog10Hours.png
= Porting to Other Platforms
For people that want to port this commit to other platforms below
is a list of ZoL commits that this patch depends on:
Make zdb results for checkpoint tests consistent
db587941c5
Update vdev_is_spacemap_addressable() for new spacemap encoding
419ba59145
Simplify spa_sync by breaking it up to smaller functions
8dc2197b7b
Factor metaslab_load_wait() in metaslab_load()
b194fab0fb
Rename range_tree_verify to range_tree_verify_not_present
df72b8bebe
Change target size of metaslabs from 256GB to 16GB
c853f382db
zdb -L should skip leak detection altogether
21e7cf5da8
vs_alloc can underflow in L2ARC vdevs
7558997d2f
Simplify log vdev removal code
6c926f426a
Get rid of space_map_update() for ms_synced_length
425d3237ee
Introduce auxiliary metaslab histograms
928e8ad47d
Error path in metaslab_load_impl() forgets to drop ms_sync_lock
8eef997679
= References
Background, Motivation, and Internals of the Feature
- OpenZFS 2017 Presentation:
youtu.be/jj2IxRkl5bQ
- Slides:
slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemaps-project
Flushing Algorithm Internals & Performance Results
(Illumos Specific)
- Blogpost:
sdimitro.github.io/post/zfs-lsm-flushing/
- OpenZFS 2018 Presentation:
youtu.be/x6D2dHRjkxw
- Slides:
slideshare.net/SerapheimNikolaosDim/zfs-log-spacemap-flushing-algorithm
Upstream Delphix Issues:
DLPX-51539, DLPX-59659, DLPX-57783, DLPX-61438, DLPX-41227, DLPX-59320
DLPX-63385
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <gwilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8442
Modify zfs-mount-generator to produce a dependency on new
zfs-import-key-*.service units, dynamically created at boot to call
zfs load-key for the encryption root, before attempting to mount any
encrypted datasets.
These units are created by zfs-mount-generator, and RequiresMountsFor on
the keyfile, if present, or call systemd-ask-password if a passphrase is
requested.
This patch includes suggestions from @Fabian-Gruenbichler, @ryanjaeb and
@rlaager, as well an adaptation of @rlaager's script to retry on
incorrect password entry.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#8750Closes#8848
* zfs redact error messages do not end with newline character
* 30af21b0 inadvertently removed some ZFS_PROP comments
* man/zfs: zfs redact <redaction_snapshot> is not optional
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8988
The full property name includes "delphix", not "delphxi".
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8985
This was accidentally introduced in 765d1f06:
mandoc: ./man/man8/zfs.8: ERROR: skipping item outside list: It Ar filesystem Ns | Ns Ar mountpoint
mandoc: ./man/man8/zfs.8: ERROR: skipping item outside list: It Xo
mandoc: ./man/man8/zfs.8: ERROR: skipping end of block that is not open: Xc
mandoc: ./man/man8/zfs.8: ERROR: skipping item outside list: It Xo
mandoc: ./man/man8/zfs.8: ERROR: skipping end of block that is not open: Xc
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8980
This patch adds the ability for the user to unload keys for
datasets as they are being unmounted. This is analogous to
'zfs mount -l'.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes: #8917Closes: #8952
If dedup is in use, the `dedupditto` property can be set, causing ZFS to
keep an extra copy of data that is referenced many times (>100x). The
idea was that this data is more important than other data and thus we
want to be really sure that it is not lost if the disk experiences a
small amount of random corruption.
ZFS (and system administrators) rely on the pool-level redundancy to
protect their data (e.g. mirroring or RAIDZ). Since the user/sysadmin
doesn't have control over what data will be offered extra redundancy by
dedupditto, this extra redundancy is not very useful. The bulk of the
data is still vulnerable to loss based on the pool-level redundancy.
For example, if particle strikes corrupt 0.1% of blocks, you will either
be saved by mirror/raidz, or you will be sad. This is true even if
dedupditto saved another 0.01% of blocks from being corrupted.
Therefore, the dedupditto functionality is rarely enabled (i.e. the
property is rarely set), and it fulfills its promise of increased
redundancy even more rarely.
Additionally, this feature does not work as advertised (on existing
releases), because scrub/resilver did not repair the extra (dedupditto)
copy (see https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/8270).
In summary, this seldom-used feature doesn't work, and even if it did it
wouldn't provide useful data protection. It has a non-trivial
maintenance burden (again see https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/pull/8270).
We should remove the dedupditto functionality. For backwards
compatibility with the existing CLI, "zpool set dedupditto" will still
"succeed" (exit code zero), but won't have any effect. For backwards
compatibility with existing pools that had dedupditto enabled at some
point, the code will still be able to understand dedupditto blocks and
free them when appropriate. However, ZFS won't write any new dedupditto
blocks.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Issue #8270Closes#8310
Redacted send/receive allows users to send subsets of their data to
a target system. One possible use case for this feature is to not
transmit sensitive information to a data warehousing, test/dev, or
analytics environment. Another is to save space by not replicating
unimportant data within a given dataset, for example in backup tools
like zrepl.
Redacted send/receive is a three-stage process. First, a clone (or
clones) is made of the snapshot to be sent to the target. In this
clone (or clones), all unnecessary or unwanted data is removed or
modified. This clone is then snapshotted to create the "redaction
snapshot" (or snapshots). Second, the new zfs redact command is used
to create a redaction bookmark. The redaction bookmark stores the
list of blocks in a snapshot that were modified by the redaction
snapshot(s). Finally, the redaction bookmark is passed as a parameter
to zfs send. When sending to the snapshot that was redacted, the
redaction bookmark is used to filter out blocks that contain sensitive
or unwanted information, and those blocks are not included in the send
stream. When sending from the redaction bookmark, the blocks it
contains are considered as candidate blocks in addition to those
blocks in the destination snapshot that were modified since the
creation_txg of the redaction bookmark. This step is necessary to
allow the target to rehydrate data in the case where some blocks are
accidentally or unnecessarily modified in the redaction snapshot.
The changes to bookmarks to enable fast space estimation involve
adding deadlists to bookmarks. There is also logic to manage the
life cycles of these deadlists.
The new size estimation process operates in cases where previously
an accurate estimate could not be provided. In those cases, a send
is performed where no data blocks are read, reducing the runtime
significantly and providing a byte-accurate size estimate.
Reviewed-by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prashanth Sreenivasa <pks@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zhakarov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Closes#7958
If the zfs_remove_max_segment tunable is changed to be not a multiple of
the sector size, then the device removal code will malfunction and try
to create mappings that are smaller than one sector, leading to a panic.
On debug bits this assertion will fail in spa_vdev_copy_segment():
ASSERT3U(DVA_GET_ASIZE(&dst), ==, size);
On nondebug, the system panics with a stack like:
metaslab_free_concrete()
metaslab_free_impl()
metaslab_free_impl_cb()
vdev_indirect_remap()
free_from_removing_vdev()
metaslab_free_impl()
metaslab_free_dva()
metaslab_free()
Fortunately, the default for zfs_remove_max_segment is 1MB, so this
can't occur by default. We hit it during this test because
removal_remap.ksh changes zfs_remove_max_segment to 1KB. When testing on
4KB-sector disks, we hit the bug.
This change makes the zfs_remove_max_segment tunable more robust,
automatically rounding it up to a multiple of the sector size. We also
turn some key assertions into VERIFY's so that similar bugs would be
caught before they are encoded on disk (and thus avoid a
panic-reboot-loop).
Reviewed-by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-61342
Closes#8893
Starting in sync pass 5 (zfs_sync_pass_dont_compress), we disable
compression (including of metadata). Ostensibly this helps the sync
passes to converge (i.e. for a sync pass to not need to allocate
anything because it is 100% overwrites).
However, in practice it increases the average number of sync passes,
because when we turn compression off, a lot of block's size will change
and thus we have to re-allocate (not overwrite) them. It also increases
the number of 128KB allocations (e.g. for indirect blocks and spacemaps)
because these will not be compressed. The 128K allocations are
especially detrimental to performance on highly fragmented systems,
which may have very few free segments of this size, and may need to load
new metaslabs to satisfy 128K allocations.
We should increase zfs_sync_pass_dont_compress. In practice on a highly
fragmented system we see a few 5-pass txg's, a tiny number of 6-pass
txg's, and no txg's with more than 6 passes.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-63431
Closes#8892
On fragmented pools with high-performance storage, the looping in
metaslab_block_picker() can become the performance-limiting bottleneck.
When looking for a larger block (e.g. a 128K block for the ZIL), we may
search through many free segments (up to hundreds of thousands) to find
one that is large enough to satisfy the allocation. This can take a long
time (up to dozens of ms), and is done while holding the ms_lock, which
other threads may spin waiting for.
When this performance problem is encountered, profiling will show
high CPU time in metaslab_block_picker, as well as in mutex_enter from
various callers.
The problem is very evident on a test system with a sync write workload
with 8K writes to a recordsize=8k filesystem, with 4TB of SSD storage,
84% full and 88% fragmented. It has also been observed on production
systems with 90TB of storage, 76% full and 87% fragmented.
The fix is to change metaslab_df_alloc() to search only up to 16MB from
the previous allocation (of this alignment). After that, we will pick a
segment that is of the exact size requested (or larger). This reduces
the number of iterations to a few hundred on fragmented pools (a ~100x
improvement).
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Nguyen <tony.nguyen@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-62324
Closes#8877
When iterating over a ZAP object, we're almost always certain to iterate
over the entire object. If there are multiple leaf blocks, we can
realize a performance win by issuing reads for all the leaf blocks in
parallel when the iteration begins.
For example, if we have 10,000 snapshots, "zfs destroy -nv
pool/fs@1%9999" can take 30 minutes when the cache is cold. This change
provides a >3x performance improvement, by issuing the reads for all ~64
blocks of each ZAP object in parallel.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
External-issue: DLPX-58347
Closes#8862
We've observed that on some highly fragmented pools, most metaslab
allocations are small (~2-8KB), but there are some large, 128K
allocations. The large allocations are for ZIL blocks. If there is a
lot of fragmentation, the large allocations can be hard to satisfy.
The most common impact of this is that we need to check (and thus load)
lots of metaslabs from the ZIL allocation code path, causing sync writes
to wait for metaslabs to load, which can take a second or more. In the
worst case, we may not be able to satisfy the allocation, in which case
the ZIL will resort to txg_wait_synced() to ensure the change is on
disk.
To provide a workaround for this, this change adds a tunable that can
reduce the size of ZIL blocks.
External-issue: DLPX-61719
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8865
Historically while doing performance testing we've noticed that IOPS
can be significantly reduced when all vdevs in the pool are hitting
the zfs_mg_fragmentation_threshold percentage. Specifically in a
hypothetical pool with two vdevs, what can happen is the following:
Vdev A would go above that threshold and only vdev B would be used.
Then vdev B would pass that threshold but vdev A would go below it
(we've been freeing from A to allocate to B). The allocations would
go back and forth utilizing one vdev at a time with IOPS taking a hit.
Empirically, we've seen that our vdev selection for allocations is
good enough that fragmentation increases uniformly across all vdevs
the majority of the time. Thus we set the threshold percentage high
enough to avoid hitting the speed bump on pools that are being pushed
to the edge. We effectively disable its effect in the majority of the
cases but we don't remove (at least for now) just in case we hit any
weird behavior in the future.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8859
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Peter Wirdemo <peter.wirdemo@gmail.com>
Closes#8855
Various changes (many by me) have been made to the man pages without
bumping their dates. I have now corrected them based on the last commit
to each file. I also added the script I used to make these changes.
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8710
Exported and documented a new module parameter.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#8706
When receiving a DRR_OBJECT record the receive_object() function
needs to determine how to handle a spill block associated with the
object. It may need to be removed or kept depending on how the
object was modified at the source.
This determination is currently accomplished using a heuristic which
takes in to account the DRR_OBJECT record and the existing object
properties. This is a problem because there isn't quite enough
information available to do the right thing under all circumstances.
For example, when only the block size changes the spill block is
removed when it should be kept.
What's needed to resolve this is an additional flag in the DRR_OBJECT
which indicates if the object being received references a spill block.
The DRR_OBJECT_SPILL flag was added for this purpose. When set then
the object references a spill block and it must be kept. Either
it is update to date, or it will be replaced by a subsequent DRR_SPILL
record. Conversely, if the object being received doesn't reference
a spill block then any existing spill block should always be removed.
Since previous versions of ZFS do not understand this new flag
additional DRR_SPILL records will be inserted in to the stream.
This has the advantage of being fully backward compatible. Existing
ZFS systems receiving this stream will recreate the spill block if
it was incorrectly removed. Updated ZFS versions will correctly
ignore the additional spill blocks which can be identified by
checking for the DRR_SPILL_UNMODIFIED flag.
The small downside to this approach is that is may increase the size
of the stream and of the received snapshot on previous versions of
ZFS. Additionally, when receiving streams generated by previous
unpatched versions of ZFS spill blocks may still be lost.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9952
FreeBSD-issue: https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=233277
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8668
This standardizes the language on "deduplication tables" rather than
"dedup data" (which might be read as the data blocks rather than the
DDT). Likewise, it standardizes on "small file blocks". It also
standardizes on "normal" rather than using both "normal" and "general"
in the same paragraph. I also replaced "non-specified" with the more
explicit "non-dedup/special".
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8713
Authored by: Jason King <jason.king@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
Reviewed by: Andy Fiddaman <andy@omniosce.org>
Reviewed by: Peter Tribble <peter.tribble@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Gergő Mihály Doma <domag02@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/10473
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/illumos/illumos-gate/commit/736e67003Closes#8711
The 'zpool resilver' command requires that the resilver_defer
feature is active on the pool. Unfortunately, the check for
this was left out of the original patch. This commit simply
corrects this so that the command properly returns an error
in this case.
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8700
Currently, it is possible for the 'zpool scrub' command to
progress slightly beyond 100% due to concurrent changes
happening on the live pool. This behavior is expected, but
the userspace code for 'zpool status' would subtract the
expected amount of data from the amount of data already
scrubbed, resulting in a negative integer being casted to a
large positive one. This number was then used to calculate
the estimated completion time, resulting in wildly wrong
results. This code changes the behavior so that 'zpool status'
does not attempt to report an estimate during this period.
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8611Closes#8687
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8691
- Remove the language that "all user data" is encrypted. This is to
avoid misunderstandings or arguments about what is "user data",
especially in light of "user properties".
- Document that properties are unencrypted.
- Document that snapshot names are unencrypted.
- For consistency with the rest of the zfs.8 man page, use "ZFS" as the
generic noun, not (bolded) "zfs". The latter refers to the command.
Likewise, use "ZFS" instead of "the kernel module".
- Give "a passphrase" as an example of a "user's key".
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8652
This adds the encryption copies=3 limitation language into the copies
property section.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8651
This documents, in zpool.8, that dedupditto is deprecated and will be
made to have no effect in a future release.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8650
As far as I know and can tell from testing, \fB\fB...\fR\fR is exactly
equivalent to \fB...\fR.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8641
The features are sorted in the en_US locale, not the C locale.
Specifically, that means that bookmark_v2 comes _after_ bookmarks.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8641
This command is being used to unindent, so it should be at the end of
each block. This is consistent with the other man pages.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8641
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8641
It is org.open-zfs:large_blocks (plural).
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8641
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8641
The first sentence of this commit comes from the wiki, and was
originally written by:
Rich Ercolani <rincebrain@gmail.com>
with changes by:
Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8641Closes#8642
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8641
encryption depends on bookmark_v2.
bookmark_v2 depends on bookmarks.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8641
This needs to use tabs instead of spaces to display correctly (i.e. with
things lined up).
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8641
It should only affect "zpool".
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@gmail.com>
Closes#8644
1. Support QAT when ZFS is root file-system:
When ZFS module is loaded before QAT started, the QAT can
be started again in post-process, e.g.:
echo 0 > /sys/module/zfs/parameters/zfs_qat_compress_disable
echo 0 > /sys/module/zfs/parameters/zfs_qat_encrypt_disable
echo 0 > /sys/module/zfs/parameters/zfs_qat_checksum_disable
2. Verify alder checksum of the de-compress result
3. Allocate Digest, IV and AAD buffer in physical contiguous
memory by QAT_PHYS_CONTIG_ALLOC.
4. Update the documentation for zfs_qat_compress_disable,
zfs_qat_checksum_disable, zfs_qat_encrypt_disable.
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Weigang Li <weigang.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Chengfeix Zhu <chengfeix.zhu@intel.com>
Closes#8323Closes#8610
Add the 'zfs version' and 'zpool version' subcommands to display
the version of the user space utilities and loaded zfs kernel
module. For example:
$ zfs version
zfs-0.8.0-rc3_169_g67e0366b88
zfs-kmod-0.8.0-rc3_169_g67e0366b88
The '-V' and '--version' aliases were added to support the
common convention of using 'zfs --version` to obtain the version
information.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: TerraTech <1118433+TerraTech@users.noreply.github.com>
Closes#2501Closes#8567
When creating a non-sparse volume, zfs create sets a refreservation.
Accordingly, one needs the "refreservation" ability in addition to the
"create" ability in order to create a non-sparse volume.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reported-by: github.com/homerlinux
Reported-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8531Closes#8624
zfs.8 correctly said that GRUB did not support them, but
zpool-features.5 said that "Booting off pools...is supported." Now,
zpool-features.5 discusses GRUB specifically and indicates its lack of
support for these features. Also, I have clarified the wording in both
places to indicate that the pool feature cannot be used. It's not a
filesystem dataset thing, but pool-wide.
I described this as "cannot be used". I think technically the feature
can be enabled, just not active. However, the effect is essentially the
same: you cannot enable those checksum algorithms on any dataset in the
pool, so you might as well not enable the feature (which is just
pointing a loaded gun at your foot). In the past, an argument could be
made that having all the features enabled was useful for simplicity, as
long as you didn't activate the GRUB-incompatible features, but that's
getting less and less realistic over time. A user can still do that,
but we should not encourage that.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8626Closes#8446
The old wording was effectively "You can not use this (except you can)",
which just seems confusing.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8626
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8626
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8626
On Linux, this is in man section 8, not 1M. Also, there is no fsdb on
Linux, so I removed that.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8626
This had a mix of command vs subcommand, quoted vs not quoted, and
bolded vs. not bolded command names.
Also, fix man page sections from 1M (Solaris) to 8 (Linux).
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8626
Previously, the "spare" vdev type was described as "A special
pseudo-vdev which...". I wanted to eliminate the word "special" from
that, now that the allocation_classes feature exists and there is such a
thing as a "special vdev". I ended up eliminating almost all instances
of the word "special" that are not referencing the allocation_classes
feature.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8626
The macOS man app strenuously objects to blank lines in man files.
mdoc warning: Empty input line #xyz
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Josh Soref <jsoref@users.noreply.github.com>
Closes#8559
This patch simply clarifies some of the limitations related to
raw sends in the man page. No functional changes.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jason Cohen <jwittlincohen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8503Closes#8544
UNMAP/TRIM support is a frequently-requested feature to help
prevent performance from degrading on SSDs and on various other
SAN-like storage back-ends. By issuing UNMAP/TRIM commands for
sectors which are no longer allocated the underlying device can
often more efficiently manage itself.
This TRIM implementation is modeled on the `zpool initialize`
feature which writes a pattern to all unallocated space in the
pool. The new `zpool trim` command uses the same vdev_xlate()
code to calculate what sectors are unallocated, the same per-
vdev TRIM thread model and locking, and the same basic CLI for
a consistent user experience. The core difference is that
instead of writing a pattern it will issue UNMAP/TRIM commands
for those extents.
The zio pipeline was updated to accommodate this by adding a new
ZIO_TYPE_TRIM type and associated spa taskq. This new type makes
is straight forward to add the platform specific TRIM/UNMAP calls
to vdev_disk.c and vdev_file.c. These new ZIO_TYPE_TRIM zios are
handled largely the same way as ZIO_TYPE_READs or ZIO_TYPE_WRITEs.
This makes it possible to largely avoid changing the pipieline,
one exception is that TRIM zio's may exceed the 16M block size
limit since they contain no data.
In addition to the manual `zpool trim` command, a background
automatic TRIM was added and is controlled by the 'autotrim'
property. It relies on the exact same infrastructure as the
manual TRIM. However, instead of relying on the extents in a
metaslab's ms_allocatable range tree, a ms_trim tree is kept
per metaslab. When 'autotrim=on', ranges added back to the
ms_allocatable tree are also added to the ms_free tree. The
ms_free tree is then periodically consumed by an autotrim
thread which systematically walks a top level vdev's metaslabs.
Since the automatic TRIM will skip ranges it considers too small
there is value in occasionally running a full `zpool trim`. This
may occur when the freed blocks are small and not enough time
was allowed to aggregate them. An automatic TRIM and a manual
`zpool trim` may be run concurrently, in which case the automatic
TRIM will yield to the manual TRIM.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Contributions-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com>
Contributions-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Contributions-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8419Closes#598
When Multihost is enabled, and a pool is imported, uberblock writes
include ub_mmp_delay to allow an importing node to calculate the
duration of an activity test. This value, is not enough information.
If zfs_multihost_fail_intervals > 0 on the node with the pool imported,
the safe minimum duration of the activity test is well defined, but does
not depend on ub_mmp_delay:
zfs_multihost_fail_intervals * zfs_multihost_interval
and if zfs_multihost_fail_intervals == 0 on that node, there is no such
well defined safe duration, but the importing host cannot tell whether
mmp_delay is high due to I/O delays, or due to a very large
zfs_multihost_interval setting on the host which last imported the pool.
As a result, it may use a far longer period for the activity test than
is necessary.
This patch renames ub_mmp_sequence to ub_mmp_config and uses it to
record the zfs_multihost_interval and zfs_multihost_fail_intervals
values, as well as the mmp sequence. This allows a shorter activity
test duration to be calculated by the importing host in most situations.
These values are also added to the multihost_history kstat records.
It calculates the activity test duration differently depending on
whether the new fields are present or not; for importing pools with
only ub_mmp_delay, it uses
(zfs_multihost_interval + ub_mmp_delay) * zfs_multihost_import_intervals
Which results in an activity test duration less sensitive to the leaf
count.
In addition, it makes a few other improvements:
* It updates the "sequence" part of ub_mmp_config when MMP writes
in between syncs occur. This allows an importing host to detect MMP
on the remote host sooner, when the pool is idle, as it is not limited
to the granularity of ub_timestamp (1 second).
* It issues writes immediately when zfs_multihost_interval is changed
so remote hosts see the updated value as soon as possible.
* It fixes a bug where setting zfs_multihost_fail_intervals = 1 results
in immediate pool suspension.
* Update tests to verify activity check duration is based on recorded
tunable values, not tunable values on importing host.
* Update tests to verify the expected number of uberblocks have valid
MMP fields - fail_intervals, mmp_interval, mmp_seq (sequence number),
that sequence number is incrementing, and that uberblock values match
tunable settings.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7842
Currently, there is an issue in the sequential scrub code which
prevents self healing from working in some cases. The scrub code
will split up all DVA copies of a bp and issue each of them
separately. The problem is that, since each of the DVAs is no
longer associated with the others, the self healing code doesn't
have the opportunity to repair problems that show up in one of the
DVAs with the data from the others.
This patch fixes this issue by ensuring that all IOs issued by the
sequential scrub code include all DVAs. Initially, only the first
DVA of each is attempted. If an issue arises, the IO is retried
with all available copies, giving the self healing code a chance
to correct the issue.
To test this change, this patch also adds the ability for zinject
to specify individual DVAs to inject read errors into. We then
add a new test case that utilizes this functionality to ensure
scrubs and self-healing reads can handle and transparently fix
issues with individual copies of blocks.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8453
Before sequential scrub patches ZFS never aggregated I/Os above 128KB.
Sequential scrub bumped that to 1MB, supposedly to reduce number of
head seeks for spinning disks. But for SSDs it makes little to no
sense, especially on FreeBSD, where due to MAXPHYS limitation device
will likely still see bunch of 128KB I/Os instead of one large.
Having more strict aggregation limit for SSDs allows to avoid
allocation of large memory buffer and copy to/from it, that is a
serious problem when throughput reaches gigabytes per second.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Closes#8494
Currently, there is an issue in the raw receive code where
raw receives are allowed to happen on top of previously
non-raw received datasets. This is a problem because the
source-side dataset doesn't know about how the blocks on
the destination were encrypted. As a result, any MAC in
the objset's checksum-of-MACs tree that is a parent of both
blocks encrypted on the source and blocks encrypted by the
destination will be incorrect. This will result in
authentication errors when we decrypt the dataset.
This patch fixes this issue by adding a new check to the
raw receive code. The code now maintains an "IVset guid",
which acts as an identifier for the set of IVs used to
encrypt a given snapshot. When a snapshot is raw received,
the destination snapshot will take this value from the
DRR_BEGIN payload. Non-raw receives and normal "zfs snap"
operations will cause ZFS to generate a new IVset guid.
When a raw incremental stream is received, ZFS will check
that the "from" IVset guid in the stream matches that of
the "from" destination snapshot. If they do not match, the
code will error out the receive, preventing the problem.
This patch requires an on-disk format change to add the
IVset guids to snapshots and bookmarks. As a result, this
patch has errata handling and a tunable to help affected
users resolve the issue with as little interruption as
possible.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#8308
This patch adds the bookmark v2 feature to the on-disk format. This
feature will be needed for the upcoming redacted sends and for an
upcoming fix that for raw receives. The feature is not currently
used by any code and thus this change is a no-op, aside from the
fact that the user can now enable the feature.
Reviewed-by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Issue #8308
By default, when multihost is enabled for a pool, the pool is
suspended if (zfs_multihost_fail_intervals*zfs_multihost_interval) ms
pass without a successful MMP write. This is the recommended
configuration.
The default value for zfs_multihost_fail_intervals has been 5, and the
default value for zfs_multihost_interval has been 1000, so pool
suspension occurred at 5 seconds.
There have been multiple cases where a single misbehaving device in a
pool triggered a SCSI reset, and all I/O paused for 5-6 seconds. This
in turn caused MMP to suspend the pool.
In the cases observed, the rest of the devices were healthy and the
pool was otherwise correctly performing I/O. The reset was handled
correctly by ZFS, and by suspending the pool MMP made replacing the
device more difficult as well as forcing the host to be rebooted.
Increase the default value of zfs_multihost_fail_intervals to 10, so
that MMP tolerates up to 10 seconds of failed MMP writes before
suspending the pool.
Increase the default value of zfs_multihost_import_intervals to 20, to
maintain the 2:1 safety factor. This results in a force import taking
approximately 20 seconds when MMP is enabled, with default values.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@whamcloud.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7709Closes#8495
When multihost is enabled, and a pool is suspended, return
EINVAL in response to "zpool clear <pool>". The pool
may have been imported on another host while I/O was suspended.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6933Closes#8460
Improve the man page text to warn the user about the risk of adding
the same device to multiple pools via simultaneous "zpool create",
"zpool add", "zpool replace", etc.
State that MMP/multihost does not protect against these scenarios.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6473Closes#8457
abd_alloc() normally does scatter allocations, thus solving the problem
that ABD originally set out to: the bulk of ZFS's allocations are single
pages, which are faster to allocate and free, and don't suffer from
internal fragmentation (and the inability to reclaim memory because some
buffers in the slab are still allocated).
However, the current code does linear allocations for 4KB and smaller
allocations, defeating the purpose of ABD.
Scatter ABD's use at least one page each, so sub-page allocations waste
some space when allocated as scatter (e.g. 2KB scatter allocation wastes
half of each page). Using linear ABD's for small allocations means that
they will be put on slabs which contain many allocations. This can
improve memory efficiency, but it also makes it much harder for ARC
evictions to actually free pages, because all the buffers on one slab
need to be freed in order for the slab (and underlying pages) to be
freed. Typically, 512B and 1KB kmem caches have 16 buffers per slab, so
it's possible for them to actually waste more memory than scatter (one
page per buf = wasting 3/4 or 7/8th; one buf per slab = wasting
15/16th).
Spill blocks are typically 512B and are heavily used on systems running
selinux with the default dnode size and the `xattr=sa` property set.
By default we will use linear allocations for 512B and 1KB, and scatter
allocations for larger (1.5KB and up).
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Reviewed-by: Chunwei Chen <tuxoko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8455
The "-t" argument to "zfs program" specifies a limit on the number of
LUA instructions that can be executed. The zfs.8 manpage has the wrong
description. It should be updated to match what's in zfs-program.8
Also fix the formatting of the zfs help message.
Reviewed by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#8410
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#4660Closes#8423
In
-T u|d Display a time stamp. Specify -u for a printed
representation of the internal representation of time.
See time(2). Specify -d for standard date format.
See date(1).
'Specify u' and 'Specify d' should be used instead. `zpool list -T -u`
does not work.
Bring the descriptions in `zpool list` and `zpool status` in sync with
`zpool iostat`.
Reviewed by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Anatoly Borodin <anatoly.borodin@gmail.com>
Closes#8438
Add the zio_deadman_log_all tunable to print all zios in
zio_deadman_impl(). Also, in all cases, display the depth of the
zio relative to the original parent zio. This is meant to be used by
developers to gain diagnostic information for hangs which don't involve
fully set-up zio trees or are otherwise stuck or hung in an early stage.
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Closes#8362
Add -h switch to zfs send command to send dataset holds. If
holds are present in the stream, zfs receive will create them
on the target dataset, unless the zfs receive -h option is used
to skip receive of holds.
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#7513
Deletion throttle currently does not account for holes in a file.
This means that it can activate when it shouldn't.
To fix it we switch the throttle to be based on the number of
L1 blocks we will have to dirty when freeing
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#7725Closes#7888
This patch is an async implementation of the existing sync
zfs_unlinked_drain() function. This function is called at mount time and
is responsible for freeing znodes that we didn't get to freeing before.
We don't have to hold mounting of the dataset until the unlinked list is
fully drained as is done now. Since we can process the unlinked set
asynchronously this results in a better user experience when mounting a
dataset with entries in the unlinked set.
Reviewed by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#8142
Due to an off-by-one condition in spa_preferred_class() we are picking
the "normal" allocation class instead of the "special" one for file
blocks with size equal to the special_small_blocks property value.
This change fix the small code issue, update the ZFS Test Suite and the
zfs(8) man page.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#8351Closes#8361
Currently the point of -L option in zdb is to disable leak
tracing and the loading of space maps because they are expensive,
yet still do leak detection in terms of space. Unfortunately,
there is a scenario where this is a lie. If we are using zdb -L
on a pool where a vdev is being removed, zdb_claim_removing()
will open the metaslab space maps of that device.
This patch makes it so zdb -L skips leak detection altogether
and ensures that no space maps are loaded.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8335
= Old behavior
For vdev sizes 100GB to 50TB we keep ~200 metaslabs per
vdev and the metaslab size grows from 512MB to 256GB.
For vdev's bigger than that we start increasing the
number of metaslabs until we hit the 128K limit.
= New Behavior
For vdev sizes 100GB to 3TB we keep ~200 metaslabs per
vdev and the metaslab size grows from 512MB to 16GB.
For vdev's bigger than that we start increasing the
number of metaslabs until we hit the 128K limit.
= Reasoning
The old behavior makes metaslabs grow in size when
the vdev range is between 3TB (ms_size 16GB) and
32PB (ms_size 256GB). Even though keeping the number
of metaslabs is good in terms of potential number of
I/Os per TXG, these bigger metaslabs take longer
to be loaded and after they are loaded they can
take up a lot of memory because of their range trees.
This change tries to put a boundary in memory and
loading time for the specific range of vdev sizes.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#8324
When `zpool iostat` fills the terminal the headers should be
printed again. `zpool iostat -n` can be used to suppress this.
If the command is not attached to a tty, headers will not be
printed so as to not break existing scripts.
Reviewed-by: Joshua M. Clulow <josh@sysmgr.org>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Damian Wojsław <damian@wojslaw.pl>
Closes#8235Closes#8262
Increase the default allowed number of reconstruction attempts.
There's not an exact right number for this setting. It needs
to be set large enough to cover any realistic failure scenarios
and small enough to avoid stalling the IO pipeline and invoking
the dead man detection.
The current value of 256 was empirically determined to be too
low based on multi-day runs of ztest. The fault injection code
would inject more damage than could be reconstructed given the
relatively small number of attempts. However, in all observed
cases the block could be reconstructed using a slightly higher
limit.
Based on local testing increasing the default value to 4096 was
determined to strike the best balance. Checking all combinations
takes less than 10s in the worst case, and has so far eliminated
the vast majority of false positives detected by ztest. This
delay is roughly on par with how long retries may be performed
to a misbehaving HDD and was deemed to be reasonable. Better to
err on the side of a brief delay rather than fail to reconstruct
the data.
Lastly, the -Y flag has been added to zdb to make it easy to try all
possible combinations when performing split block reconstruction.
For badly damaged blocks with 18 splits, they can be fully enumerated
within a few minutes. This has been done to ensure permanent errors
are never incorrectly reported when ztest verifies the pool with zdb.
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8271
The implementation of 'zfs remap' has proven to be problematic since
it modifies the objset (but not its logical contents) by dirtying
metadata without owning it. The consequence of which is that
dmu_objset_remap_indirects() is vulnerable to certain races.
For example, if we are in the middle of receiving into the filesystem
while it is being remapped. Then it is possible we could evict the
objset when the receive completes (see dsl_dataset_clone_swap_sync_impl,
or dmu_recv_end_sync), but dmu_objset_remap_indirects() may be still
using the objset. The result of which would be a panic.
Extended runs of ztest(8) have exposed other possible races which
can occur when using 'zfs remap'. Several of these have been fixed
but there may be others which have not yet been encountered and
diagnosed.
Furthermore, the ability to manually remap a filesystem is no longer
particularly useful now that the removal code can map large chunks.
Coupled with the fact that explaining what this command does and why
it may be useful requires a detailed understanding of the internals
of device removal. These are details users should not be bothered
with.
Therefore, the 'zfs remap' command is being disabled but not entirely
removed. It may be removed in the future or potentially reworked
to address the issues described above. Since 'zfs remap' has never
been part of a tagged release its removal is expected to have
minimal impact.
The ZTS tests have been updated to continue to exercise the command
to prevent atrophy, but it has been removed entirely from ztest(8).
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8238
Only display the full details of the vdev initialization state
in 'zpool status' output when requested with the -i option.
By default display '(initializing)' after vdevs when they are
being actively initialized. This is consistent with the
established precident of appending '(resilvering), etc' and
fits within the default 80 column terminal width making it
easy to read.
Additionally, updated the 'zpool initialize' documentation to
make it clear the options are mutually exclusive, but allow
duplicate options like all other zfs/zpool commands.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#8230
PROBLEM
========
The first access to a block incurs a performance penalty on some platforms
(e.g. AWS's EBS, VMware VMDKs). Therefore we recommend that volumes are
"thick provisioned", where supported by the platform (VMware). This can
create a large delay in getting a new virtual machines up and running (or
adding storage to an existing Engine). If the thick provision step is
omitted, write performance will be suboptimal until all blocks on the LUN
have been written.
SOLUTION
=========
This feature introduces a way to 'initialize' the disks at install or in the
background to make sure we don't incur this first read penalty.
When an entire LUN is added to ZFS, we make all space available immediately,
and allow ZFS to find unallocated space and zero it out. This works with
concurrent writes to arbitrary offsets, ensuring that we don't zero out
something that has been (or is in the middle of being) written. This scheme
can also be applied to existing pools (affecting only free regions on the
vdev). Detailed design:
- new subcommand:zpool initialize [-cs] <pool> [<vdev> ...]
- start, suspend, or cancel initialization
- Creates new open-context thread for each vdev
- Thread iterates through all metaslabs in this vdev
- Each metaslab:
- select a metaslab
- load the metaslab
- mark the metaslab as being zeroed
- walk all free ranges within that metaslab and translate
them to ranges on the leaf vdev
- issue a "zeroing" I/O on the leaf vdev that corresponds to
a free range on the metaslab we're working on
- continue until all free ranges for this metaslab have been
"zeroed"
- reset/unmark the metaslab being zeroed
- if more metaslabs exist, then repeat above tasks.
- if no more metaslabs, then we're done.
- progress for the initialization is stored on-disk in the vdev’s
leaf zap object. The following information is stored:
- the last offset that has been initialized
- the state of the initialization process (i.e. active,
suspended, or canceled)
- the start time for the initialization
- progress is reported via the zpool status command and shows
information for each of the vdevs that are initializing
Porting notes:
- Added zfs_initialize_value module parameter to set the pattern
written by "zpool initialize".
- Added zfs_vdev_{initializing,removal}_{min,max}_active module options.
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Wren Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9102
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c3963210ebCloses#8230
* Capitalize POSIX in POSIX ACLs. This change makes the POSIX
in POSIX ACLs all caps, which is both correct and consistent with
the rest of the man page.
* Slightly reword part of zfs.8. I tweaked a sentence to add a
missing comma, and as long as I was editing, removed a couple
unnecessary words.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#8220
Add an 'enclosure_symlinks' option to vdev_id.conf. This creates
consistently named symlinks to the enclosure devices (/dev/sg*) based
off the configuration in vdev_id.conf. The enclosure symlinks show
up in /dev/by-enclosure/<prefix>-<channel><num>. The links make it
make it easy to run sg_ses on a particular enclosure device. The
enclosure links are created in addition to the normal
/dev/disk/by-vdev links.
'enclosure_symlinks' is only valid in sas_direct configurations.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Simon Guest <simon.guest@tesujimath.org>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#8194
Porting Notes:
* Add options to zfs-module-parameters(5) man page.
* zfs_nocacheflush move to vdev.c instead of vdev_disk.c, since
the latter doesn't get built for user space.
Authored by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Patrick Mooney <patrick.mooney@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9963
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f8fdf68125Closes#8186
* Detect IO errors during device removal
While device removal cannot verify the checksums of individual
blocks during device removal, it can reasonably detect hard IO
errors from the leaf vdevs. Failure to perform this error
checking can result in device removal completing successfully,
but moving no data which will permanently corrupt the pool.
Situation 1: faulted/degraded vdevs
In the configuration shown below, the removal of mirror-0 will
permanently corrupt the pool. Device removal will preferentially
copy data from 'vdev1 -> vdev3' and from 'vdev2 -> vdev4'. Which
in this case will result in nothing being copied since one vdev
in each of those groups in unavailable. However, device removal
will complete successfully since all IO errors are ignored.
tank DEGRADED 0 0 0
mirror-0 DEGRADED 0 0 0
/var/tmp/vdev1 FAULTED 0 0 0 external fault
/var/tmp/vdev2 ONLINE 0 0 0
mirror-1 DEGRADED 0 0 0
/var/tmp/vdev3 ONLINE 0 0 0
/var/tmp/vdev4 FAULTED 0 0 0 external fault
This issue is resolved by updating the source child selection
logic to exclude unreadable leaf vdevs. Additionally, unwritable
destination child vdevs which can never succeed are skipped to
prevent generating a large number of write IO errors.
Situation 2: individual hard IO errors
During removal if an unexpected hard IO error is encountered when
either reading or writing the child vdev the entire removal
operation is cancelled. While it may be possible to reconstruct
the data after removal that cannot be guaranteed. The only
strictly safe thing to do is to cancel the removal.
As a future improvement we may want to instead suspend the removal
process and allow the damaged region to be retried. But that work
is left for another time, hard IO errors during the removal process
are expected to be exceptionally rare.
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #6900Closes#8161
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#8134
This patch adds a new slow I/Os (-s) column to zpool status to show the
number of VDEV slow I/Os. This is the number of I/Os that didn't
complete in zio_slow_io_ms milliseconds. It also adds a new parsable
(-p) flag to display exact values.
NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM SLOW
testpool ONLINE 0 0 0 -
mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0 -
loop0 ONLINE 0 0 0 20
loop1 ONLINE 0 0 0 0
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#7756Closes#6885
Update zfs-events.5 with info from PSARC 2009/497 regarding ereport fields.
Also updates ZIO_STAGE_* and ZIO_FLAG_* descriptions to match current source.
Reviewed by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Closes#8057
Currently, if a resilver is triggered for any reason while an
existing one is running, zfs will immediately restart the existing
resilver from the beginning to include the new drive. This causes
problems for system administrators when a drive fails while another
is already resilvering. In this case, the optimal thing to do to
reduce risk of data loss is to wait for the current resilver to end
before immediately replacing the second failed drive, which allows
the system to operate with two incomplete drives for the minimum
amount of time.
This patch introduces the resilver_defer feature that essentially
does this for the admin without forcing them to wait and monitor
the resilver manually. The change requires an on-disk feature
since we must mark drives that are part of a deferred resilver in
the vdev config to ensure that we do not assume they are done
resilvering when an existing resilver completes.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: @mmaybee
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7732
Porting notes:
* Renamed zfs_dirty_data_sync_pct to zfs_dirty_data_sync_percent and
changed the type to be consistent with the other dirty module params.
* Updated zfs-module-parameters.5 accordingly.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9617
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7928f4baCloses#7976
Porting notes:
* Two of the three changes from the upstream patch were already
applied for Linux. Only the last one is required.
Authored by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9763
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/8a702e55Closes#7972
Due to a flaw in 4589f3ae the number of unique combinations
could be calculated incorrectly. This could result in the
random combinations reconstruction being used when it would
have been possible to check all combinations.
This change fixes the unique combinations calculation and
simplifies the reconstruction logic by maintaining a per-
segment list of unique copies.
The vdev_indirect_splits_damage() function was introduced
to validate both the enumeration and random reconstruction
logic with ztest. It is implemented such it will never
make a known recoverable block unrecoverable.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #6900Closes#7934
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#7938
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#7920
The man pages for zpool and zfs (get command)
listed the pool/dataset parameter as required,
but these are optional. Fixed that.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Gregor Kopka <gregor@kopka.net>
Closes#7916
Update zpool(8) to clarify what type of vdevs may be safely
removed and that the existence of any top-level raidz device
which is part of the primary pool will prevent device removal.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7880Closes#7893
When no permission set is defined for a dataset the create time
permissions are incorrectly shown as if they were a permission set.
This change simply correct how allow permissions are displayed.
This commit also fixes a small manpage formatting issue and adds the
"zfs_allow_003_pos" test case to the ZFS Test Suite.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7519Closes#7860
Allocation Classes add the ability to have allocation classes in a
pool that are dedicated to serving specific block categories, such
as DDT data, metadata, and small file blocks. A pool can opt-in to
this feature by adding a 'special' or 'dedup' top-level VDEV.
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Håkan Johansson <f96hajo@chalmers.se>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@chamcloud.com>
Reviewed-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregor Kopka <gregor@kopka.net>
Reviewed-by: Kash Pande <kash@tripleback.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Closes#5182
Assertion failed in arc_buf_destroy() when concurrently reading
block with checksum error.
Porting notes:
* The ability to zinject decompression errors has been added, but
this only works at the zio_decompress() level, where we have all
of the info we need to match against the user's zinject options.
* The decompress_fault test has been added to test the new zinject
functionality
* We attempted to set zio_decompress_fail_fraction to (1 << 18) in
ztest for further test coverage. Although this did uncover a few
low priority issues, this unfortuantely also causes ztest to
ASSERT in many locations where the code is working correctly since
it is designed to fail on IO errors. Developers can manually set
this variable with the '-o' option to find and debug issues.
Authored by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9403
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/fa98e487a9Closes#7822
The following patch introduces a few statistics on reads and writes
grouped by dataset. These statistics are implemented as kstats
(backed by aggregate sums for performance) and can be retrieved by
using the dataset objset ID number. The motivation for this change is
to provide some preliminary analytics on dataset usage/performance.
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Closes#7705
This change simply documents the existing "scripted mode" option in
both command help and man page.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7798
One small integration that was absent from b52563 was
support for zfs recv -o / -x with regards to encryption
parameters. The main use cases of this are as follows:
* Receiving an unencrypted stream as encrypted without
needing to create a "dummy" encrypted parent so that
encryption can be inheritted.
* Allowing users to change their keylocation on receive,
so long as the receiving dataset is an encryption root.
* Allowing users to explicitly exclude or override the
encryption property from an unencrypted properties stream,
allowing it to be received as encrypted.
* Receiving a recursive heirarchy of unencrypted datasets,
encrypting the top-level one and forcing all children to
inherit the encryption.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7650
Porting notes:
* As of grub-2.02 these checksums are not supported. However, as
pointed out in #6501 there are alternatives such as EFISTUB which
work and have no such restriction. A warning was added to the
checksum property section of the zfs.8 man page.
Authored by: Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
Reviewed by: C Fraire <cfraire@me.com>
Reviewed by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Yuri Pankov <yuripv@yuripv.net>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/8906
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7dec52fCloses#6501Closes#7714
This project's goal is to make read-heavy channel programs and zfs(1m)
administrative commands faster by caching all the metadata that they will
need in the dbuf layer. This will prevent the data from being evicted, so
that any future call to i.e. zfs get all won't have to go to disk (very
much). There are two parts:
The dbuf_metadata_cache. We identify what to put into the cache based on
the object type of each dbuf. Caching objset properties os
{version,normalization,utf8only,casesensitivity} in the objset_t. The reason
these needed to be cached is that although they are queried frequently,
they aren't stored in a dbuf type which we can easily recognize and cache in
the dbuf layer; instead, we have to explicitly store them. There's already
existing infrastructure for maintaining cached properties in the objset
setup code, so I simply used that.
Performance Testing:
- Disabled kmem_flags
- Tuned dbuf_cache_max_bytes very low (128K)
- Tuned zfs_arc_max very low (64M)
Created test pool with 400 filesystems, and 100 snapshots per filesystem.
Later on in testing, added 600 more filesystems (with no snapshots) to make
sure scaling didn't look different between snapshots and filesystems.
Results:
| Test | Time (trunk / diff) | I/Os (trunk / diff) |
+------------------------+---------------------+---------------------+
| zpool import | 0:05 / 0:06 | 12.9k / 12.9k |
| zfs get all (uncached) | 1:36 / 0:53 | 16.7k / 5.7k |
| zfs get all (cached) | 1:36 / 0:51 | 16.0k / 6.0k |
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Thomas Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9337
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7dec52fCloses#7668
Datasets that are deeply nested (~100 levels) are impractical. We just
put a limit of 50 levels to newly created datasets. Existing datasets
should work without a problem.
The problem can be seen by attempting to create a dataset using the -p
option with many levels:
panic[cpu0]/thread=ffffff01cd282c20: BAD TRAP: type=8 (#df Double fault) rp=ffffffff
fffffffffbc3aa60 unix:die+100 ()
fffffffffbc3ab70 unix:trap+157d ()
ffffff00083d7020 unix:_patch_xrstorq_rbx+196 ()
ffffff00083d7050 zfs:dbuf_rele+2e ()
...
ffffff00083d7080 zfs:dsl_dir_close+32 ()
ffffff00083d70b0 zfs:dsl_dir_evict+30 ()
ffffff00083d70d0 zfs:dbuf_evict_user+4a ()
ffffff00083d7100 zfs:dbuf_rele_and_unlock+87 ()
ffffff00083d7130 zfs:dbuf_rele+2e ()
... The block above repeats once per directory in the ...
... create -p command, working towards the root ...
ffffff00083db9f0 zfs:dsl_dataset_drop_ref+19 ()
ffffff00083dba20 zfs:dsl_dataset_rele+42 ()
ffffff00083dba70 zfs:dmu_objset_prefetch+e4 ()
ffffff00083dbaa0 zfs:findfunc+23 ()
ffffff00083dbb80 zfs:dmu_objset_find_spa+38c ()
ffffff00083dbbc0 zfs:dmu_objset_find+40 ()
ffffff00083dbc20 zfs:zfs_ioc_snapshot_list_next+4b ()
ffffff00083dbcc0 zfs:zfsdev_ioctl+347 ()
ffffff00083dbd00 genunix:cdev_ioctl+45 ()
ffffff00083dbd40 specfs:spec_ioctl+5a ()
ffffff00083dbdc0 genunix:fop_ioctl+7b ()
ffffff00083dbec0 genunix:ioctl+18e ()
ffffff00083dbf10 unix:brand_sys_sysenter+1c9 ()
Porting notes:
* Added zfs_max_dataset_nesting module option with documentation.
* Updated zfs_rename_014_neg.ksh for Linux.
* Increase the zfs.sh stack warning to 15K. Enough time has passed
that 16K can be reasonably assumed to be the default value. It
was increased in the 3.15 kernel released in June of 2014.
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9330
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/757a75aCloses#7681
Motivation
==========
The current space map encoding has the following disadvantages:
[1] Assuming 512 sector size each entry can represent at most 16MB for a segment.
This makes the encoding very inefficient for large regions of space.
[2] As vdev-wide space maps have started to be used by new features (i.e.
device removal, zpool checkpoint) we've started imposing limits in the
vdevs that can be used with them based on the maximum addressable offset
(currently 64PB for a top-level vdev).
New encoding
============
The layout can be found at space_map.h and it remains backwards compatible with
the old one. The introduced two-word entry format, besides extending the limits
imposed by the single-entry layout, also includes a vdev field and some extra
padding after its prefix.
The extra padding after the prefix should is reserved for future usage (e.g.
new prefixes for future encodings or new fields for flags). The new vdev field
not only makes the space maps more self-descriptive, but also opens the doors
for pool-wide space maps (expected to be used in the log spacemap project).
One final important note is that the number of bits used for vdevs is reduced
to 24 bits for blkptrs. That was decided as we don't know of any setups that
use more than 16M vdevs for the time being and we wanted to fit the vdev field
in the space map. In addition that gives us some extra bits in dva_t.
Other references:
=================
The new encoding is also discussed towards the end of the Log Space Map
presentation from 2017's OpenZFS summit.
Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jj2IxRkl5bQ
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@zfsmail.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/90a56e6d
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9238Closes#7665
The formatting of the features beginning with large_blocks was broken
when the zpool_checkpoint feature was added.
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7658
Add checkpoint field in the default list of the zpool-list man page
Authored by: Eitan Adler <lists@eitanadler.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: kpande <github@tripleback.net>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9521
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c5a860f7bCloses#7658
Details about the motivation of this feature and its usage can
be found in this blogpost:
https://sdimitro.github.io/post/zpool-checkpoint/
A lightning talk of this feature can be found here:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPQA8K40jAM
Implementation details can be found in big block comment of
spa_checkpoint.c
Side-changes that are relevant to this commit but not explained
elsewhere:
* renames members of "struct metaslab trees to be shorter without
losing meaning
* space_map_{alloc,truncate}() accept a block size as a
parameter. The reason is that in the current state all space
maps that we allocate through the DMU use a global tunable
(space_map_blksz) which defauls to 4KB. This is ok for metaslab
space maps in terms of bandwirdth since they are scattered all
over the disk. But for other space maps this default is probably
not what we want. Examples are device removal's vdev_obsolete_sm
or vdev_chedkpoint_sm from this review. Both of these have a
1:1 relationship with each vdev and could benefit from a bigger
block size.
Porting notes:
* The part of dsl_scan_sync() which handles async destroys has
been moved into the new dsl_process_async_destroys() function.
* Remove "VERIFY(!(flags & FWRITE))" in "kernel.c" so zhack can write
to block device backed pools.
* ZTS:
* Fix get_txg() in zpool_sync_001_pos due to "checkpoint_txg".
* Don't use large dd block sizes on /dev/urandom under Linux in
checkpoint_capacity.
* Adopt Delphix-OS's setting of 4 (spa_asize_inflation =
SPA_DVAS_PER_BP + 1) for the checkpoint_capacity test to speed
its attempts to fill the pool
* Create the base and nested pools with sync=disabled to speed up
the "setup" phase.
* Clear labels in test pool between checkpoint tests to avoid
duplicate pool issues.
* The import_rewind_device_replaced test has been marked as "known
to fail" for the reasons listed in its DISCLAIMER.
* New module parameters:
zfs_spa_discard_memory_limit,
zfs_remove_max_bytes_pause (not documented - debugging only)
vdev_max_ms_count (formerly metaslabs_per_vdev)
vdev_min_ms_count
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9166
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7159fdb8Closes#7570
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <guss80@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: ajs124 <git@ajs124.de>
Closes#7649
This patch adds tunables for modifying the maximum memory limit and
maximum instruction limit that can be specified when running a channel
program.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov
Reviewed-by: Sara Hartse <sara.hartse@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: John Gallagher <john.gallagher@delphix.com>
External-issue: LX-1085
Closes#7618
zpool and zed place scripts in subdirectories of libexecdir. Some
distributions locate architecture independent scripts in other locations
(e.g. Debian). To avoid these paths getting out of sync, centralize the
definitions.
Build zfs-test's default.cfg by Makefile. Use the new directory
logic building tests/zfs-tests/include/default.cfg.in.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#7597
This patch collects some minor inconsistencies and typos in the
documentation, logging and testing infrastructure.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#7608
Fixed some highlighting in the zpool man page
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#7596
Minimal changes required to integrate the SPL sources in to the
ZFS repository build infrastructure and packaging.
Build system and packaging:
* Renamed SPL_* autoconf m4 macros to ZFS_*.
* Removed redundant SPL_* autoconf m4 macros.
* Updated the RPM spec files to remove SPL package dependency.
* The zfs package obsoletes the spl package, and the zfs-kmod
package obsoletes the spl-kmod package.
* The zfs-kmod-devel* packages were updated to add compatibility
symlinks under /usr/src/spl-x.y.z until all dependent packages
can be updated. They will be removed in a future release.
* Updated copy-builtin script for in-kernel builds.
* Updated DKMS package to include the spl.ko.
* Updated stale AUTHORS file to include all contributors.
* Updated stale COPYRIGHT and included the SPL as an exception.
* Renamed README.markdown to README.md
* Renamed OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE to LICENSE.
* Renamed DISCLAIMER to NOTICE.
Required code changes:
* Removed redundant HAVE_SPL macro.
* Removed _BOOT from nvpairs since it doesn't apply for Linux.
* Initial header cleanup (removal of empty headers, refactoring).
* Remove SPL repository clone/build from zimport.sh.
* Use of DEFINE_RATELIMIT_STATE and DEFINE_SPINLOCK removed due
to build issues when forcing C99 compilation.
* Replaced legacy ACCESS_ONCE with READ_ONCE.
* Include needed headers for `current` and `EXPORT_SYMBOL`.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
TEST_ZIMPORT_SKIP="yes"
Closes#7556
Merge a minimal version of the zfsonlinux/spl repository in to the
zfsonlinux/zfs repository. Care was taken to prevent file conflicts
when merging and to preserve the spl repository history. The spl
kernel module remains under the GPLv2 license as documented by the
additional THIRDPARTYLICENSE.gplv2 file.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
This commit removes everything from the repository except the core
SPL implementation for Linux. Those files which remain have been
moved to non-conflicting locations to facilitate the merge.
The README.md and associated files have been updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Device removal allocates a new location for each allocated segment on
the disk that's being removed. Each allocation results in one entry in
the mapping table, which maps from old location + length to new
location. When a fragmented disk is removed, this can result in a large
number of mapping entries, and thus a large amount of memory consumed by
the mapping table. In the worst real-world cases, we've seen around 1GB
of RAM per 1TB of storage removed.
We can improve on this situation by allocating larger segments, which
span across both allocated and free regions of the device being removed.
By including free regions in the allocation (and thus mapping), we
reduce the number of mapping entries. For example, if we have a 4K
allocation followed by 1K free and then 4K allocated, we would allocate
4+1+4 = 9KB, and then move the entire region (including allocated and
free parts). In this case we used one mapping where previously we would
have used two, but often the ratio is much higher (up to 20:1 in
real-world use). We then need to mark the regions that were free on the
removing device as free in the new locations, and also obsolete in the
mapping entry.
This method preserves the fragmentation of the removing device, rather
than consolidating its allocated space into a small number of chunks
where possible. But it results in drastic reduction of memory used by
the mapping table - around 20x in the most-fragmented cases.
In the most fragmented real-world cases, this reduces memory used by the
mapping from ~1GB to ~50MB of RAM per 1TB of storage removed. Less
fragmented cases will typically also see around 50-100MB of RAM per 1TB
of storage.
Porting notes:
* Add the following as module parameters:
* zfs_condense_indirect_vdevs_enable
* zfs_condense_max_obsolete_bytes
* Document the following module parameters:
* zfs_condense_indirect_vdevs_enable
* zfs_condense_max_obsolete_bytes
* zfs_condense_min_mapping_bytes
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9486
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/ahrens/illumos/commit/07152e142e44c
External-issue: DLPX-57962
Closes#7536
Generated when building on Ubuntu 18.04. Also ignore the new
dynamically generated zfs-mount-generator.8 man page, and the
module/.cache.mk file.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7534
lib/libzfs/libzfs_mount.c:zfs_add_options provides the canonical
mount options used by a `zfs mount` command. Because we cannot call
`zfs mount` directly from a systemd.mount unit, we mirror that logic
in zfs-mount-generator.
The zed script is updated to cache these properties as well.
Include a mini-tutorial in the manual page, properly substitute
configuration paths in zfs-mount-generator.8.in, and standardize the
Makefile.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#7453
Some work has been done lately to improve the debugability of the ZFS pool
load (and import) process. This includes:
7638 Refactor spa_load_impl into several functions
8961 SPA load/import should tell us why it failed
7277 zdb should be able to print zfs_dbgmsg's
To iterate on top of that, there's a few changes that were made to make the
import process more resilient and crash free. One of the first tasks during the
pool load process is to parse a config provided from userland that describes
what devices the pool is composed of. A vdev tree is generated from that config,
and then all the vdevs are opened.
The Meta Object Set (MOS) of the pool is accessed, and several metadata objects
that are necessary to load the pool are read. The exact configuration of the
pool is also stored inside the MOS. Since the configuration provided from
userland is external and might not accurately describe the vdev tree
of the pool at the txg that is being loaded, it cannot be relied upon to safely
operate the pool. For that reason, the configuration in the MOS is read early
on. In the past, the two configurations were compared together and if there was
a mismatch then the load process was aborted and an error was returned.
The latter was a good way to ensure a pool does not get corrupted, however it
made the pool load process needlessly fragile in cases where the vdev
configuration changed or the userland configuration was outdated. Since the MOS
is stored in 3 copies, the configuration provided by userland doesn't have to be
perfect in order to read its contents. Hence, a new approach has been adopted:
The pool is first opened with the untrusted userland configuration just so that
the real configuration can be read from the MOS. The trusted MOS configuration
is then used to generate a new vdev tree and the pool is re-opened.
When the pool is opened with an untrusted configuration, writes are disabled
to avoid accidentally damaging it. During reads, some sanity checks are
performed on block pointers to see if each DVA points to a known vdev;
when the configuration is untrusted, instead of panicking the system if those
checks fail we simply avoid issuing reads to the invalid DVAs.
This new two-step pool load process now allows rewinding pools accross
vdev tree changes such as device replacement, addition, etc. Loading a pool
from an external config file in a clustering environment also becomes much
safer now since the pool will import even if the config is outdated and didn't,
for instance, register a recent device addition.
With this code in place, it became relatively easy to implement a
long-sought-after feature: the ability to import a pool with missing top level
(i.e. non-redundant) devices. Note that since this almost guarantees some loss
of data, this feature is for now restricted to a read-only import.
Porting notes (ZTS):
* Fix 'make dist' target in zpool_import
* The maximum path length allowed by tar is 99 characters. Several
of the new test cases exceeded this limit resulting in them not
being included in the tarball. Shorten the names slightly.
* Set/get tunables using accessor functions.
* Get last synced txg via the "zfs_txg_history" mechanism.
* Clear zinject handlers in cleanup for import_cache_device_replaced
and import_rewind_device_replaced in order that the zpool can be
exported if there is an error.
* Increase FILESIZE to 8G in zfs-test.sh to allow for a larger
ext4 file system to be created on ZFS_DISK2. Also, there's
no need to partition ZFS_DISK2 at all. The partitioning had
already been disabled for multipath devices. Among other things,
the partitioning steals some space from the ext4 file system,
makes it difficult to accurately calculate the paramters to
parted and can make some of the tests fail.
* Increase FS_SIZE and FILE_SIZE in the zpool_import test
configuration now that FILESIZE is larger.
* Write more data in order that device evacuation take lonnger in
a couple tests.
* Use mkdir -p to avoid errors when the directory already exists.
* Remove use of sudo in import_rewind_config_changed.
Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Andrew Stormont <andyjstormont@gmail.com>
Approved by: Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9075
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/619c0123Closes#7459
Authored by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Porting Notes:
* Added tuning to man page.
* Test case changes dropped, default behavior unchanged.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9256
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/32356b3c56Closes#7470
This patch adds the ability for zinject to trigger decryption
and authentication faults in the ZIO and ARC layers. This
functionality is exposed via the new "decrypt" error type, which
may be provided for "data" object types.
This patch also refactors some of the core encryption / decryption
functions so that they have consistent prototypes, handle errors
consistently, and do not have unused arguments.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7474
The iostat -y and -w descriptions were left in cda0317e,
get them back.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Closes#7479Closes#7483
We should use zfs_dbgmsg instead of spa_dbgmsg. Or at least,
metaslab_condense() should call zfs_dbgmsg because it's important and
rare enough to always log. It's possible that the message in
zio_dva_allocate() would be too high-frequency for zfs_dbgmsg.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim.dimitro@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Patch Notes:
* Removed ZFS_DEBUG_SPA from zfs-module-parameters.5
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9236
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/cfaba7f668Closes#7467
Authored by: Matt Ahrens <Matt.Ahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9280
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/243952cCloses#7445
Remove duplicate segment copies to minimize the possible search
space for reconstruction. Once reduced an accurate assessment can
be made regarding the difficulty in reconstructing the block.
Also, ztest will now run zdb with
zfs_reconstruct_indirect_combinations_max set to 1000000 in an attempt
to avoid checksum errors.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6900
Mirrors are supposed to provide redundancy in the face of whole-disk
failure and silent damage (e.g. some data on disk is not right, but ZFS
hasn't detected the whole device as being broken). However, the current
device removal implementation bypasses some of the mirror's redundancy.
Note that in no case is incorrect data returned, but we might get a
checksum error when we should have been able to find the right data.
There are two underlying problems:
1. When we remove a mirror device, we only read one side of the mirror.
Since we can't verify the checksum, this side may be silently bad, but
the good data is on the other side of the mirror (which we didn't read).
This can cause the removal to "bake in" the busted data – all copies of
the data in the new location are the same, busted version, while we left
the good version behind.
The fix for this is to read and copy both sides of the mirror. If the
old and new vdevs are mirrors, we will read both sides of the old
mirror, and write each copy to the corresponding side of the new mirror.
(If the old and new vdevs have a different number of children, we will
do this as best as possible.) Even though we aren't verifying checksums,
this ensures that as long as there's a good copy of the data, we'll have
a good copy after the removal, even if there's silent damage to one side
of the mirror. If we're removing a mirror that has some silent damage,
we'll have exactly the same damage in the new location (assuming that
the new location is also a mirror).
2. When we read from an indirect vdev that points to a mirror vdev, we
only consider one copy of the data. This can lead to reduced effective
redundancy, because we might read a bad copy of the data from one side
of the mirror, and not retry the other, good side of the mirror.
Note that the problem is not with the removal process, but rather after
the removal has completed (having copied correct data to both sides of
the mirror), if one side of the new mirror is silently damaged, we
encounter the problem when reading the relocated data via the indirect
vdev. Also note that the problem doesn't occur when ZFS knows that one
side of the mirror is bad, e.g. when a disk entirely fails or is
offlined.
The impact is that reads (from indirect vdevs that point to mirrors) may
return a checksum error even though the good data exists on one side of
the mirror, and scrub doesn't repair all data on the mirror (if some of
it is pointed to via an indirect vdev).
The fix for this is complicated by "split blocks" - one logical block
may be split into two (or more) pieces with each piece moved to a
different new location. In this case we need to read all versions of
each split (one from each side of the mirror), and figure out which
combination of versions results in the correct checksum, and then repair
the incorrect versions.
This ensures that we supply the same redundancy whether you use device
removal or not. For example, if a mirror has small silent errors on all
of its children, we can still reconstruct the correct data, as long as
those errors are at sufficiently-separated offsets (specifically,
separated by the largest block size - default of 128KB, but up to 16MB).
Porting notes:
* A new indirect vdev check was moved from dsl_scan_needs_resilver_cb()
to dsl_scan_needs_resilver(), which was added to ZoL as part of the
sequential scrub work.
* Passed NULL for zfs_ereport_post_checksum()'s zbookmark_phys_t
parameter. The extra parameter is unique to ZoL.
* When posting indirect checksum errors the ABD can be passed directly,
zfs_ereport_post_checksum() is not yet ABD-aware in OpenZFS.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://illumos.org/issues/9290
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/591Closes#6900
OpenZFS 7614 - zfs device evacuation/removal
OpenZFS 9064 - remove_mirror should wait for device removal to complete
This project allows top-level vdevs to be removed from the storage pool
with "zpool remove", reducing the total amount of storage in the pool.
This operation copies all allocated regions of the device to be removed
onto other devices, recording the mapping from old to new location.
After the removal is complete, read and free operations to the removed
(now "indirect") vdev must be remapped and performed at the new location
on disk. The indirect mapping table is kept in memory whenever the pool
is loaded, so there is minimal performance overhead when doing operations
on the indirect vdev.
The size of the in-memory mapping table will be reduced when its entries
become "obsolete" because they are no longer used by any block pointers
in the pool. An entry becomes obsolete when all the blocks that use
it are freed. An entry can also become obsolete when all the snapshots
that reference it are deleted, and the block pointers that reference it
have been "remapped" in all filesystems/zvols (and clones). Whenever an
indirect block is written, all the block pointers in it will be "remapped"
to their new (concrete) locations if possible. This process can be
accelerated by using the "zfs remap" command to proactively rewrite all
indirect blocks that reference indirect (removed) vdevs.
Note that when a device is removed, we do not verify the checksum of
the data that is copied. This makes the process much faster, but if it
were used on redundant vdevs (i.e. mirror or raidz vdevs), it would be
possible to copy the wrong data, when we have the correct data on e.g.
the other side of the mirror.
At the moment, only mirrors and simple top-level vdevs can be removed
and no removal is allowed if any of the top-level vdevs are raidz.
Porting Notes:
* Avoid zero-sized kmem_alloc() in vdev_compact_children().
The device evacuation code adds a dependency that
vdev_compact_children() be able to properly empty the vdev_child
array by setting it to NULL and zeroing vdev_children. Under Linux,
kmem_alloc() and related functions return a sentinel pointer rather
than NULL for zero-sized allocations.
* Remove comment regarding "mpt" driver where zfs_remove_max_segment
is initialized to SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE.
Change zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ticks to
zfs_condense_indirect_commit_entry_delay_ms for consistency with
most other tunables in which delays are specified in ms.
* ZTS changes:
Use set_tunable rather than mdb
Use zpool sync as appropriate
Use sync_pool instead of sync
Kill jobs during test_removal_with_operation to allow unmount/export
Don't add non-disk names such as "mirror" or "raidz" to $DISKS
Use $TEST_BASE_DIR instead of /tmp
Increase HZ from 100 to 1000 which is more common on Linux
removal_multiple_indirection.ksh
Reduce iterations in order to not time out on the code
coverage builders.
removal_resume_export:
Functionally, the test case is correct but there exists a race
where the kernel thread hasn't been fully started yet and is
not visible. Wait for up to 1 second for the removal thread
to be started before giving up on it. Also, increase the
amount of data copied in order that the removal not finish
before the export has a chance to fail.
* MMP compatibility, the concept of concrete versus non-concrete devices
has slightly changed the semantics of vdev_writeable(). Update
mmp_random_leaf_impl() accordingly.
* Updated dbuf_remap() to handle the org.zfsonlinux:large_dnode pool
feature which is not supported by OpenZFS.
* Added support for new vdev removal tracepoints.
* Test cases removal_with_zdb and removal_condense_export have been
intentionally disabled. When run manually they pass as intended,
but when running in the automated test environment they produce
unreliable results on the latest Fedora release.
They may work better once the upstream pool import refectoring is
merged into ZoL at which point they will be re-enabled.
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7614
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/f539f1ebCloses#6900
Authored by: Mike Gerdts <mike.gerdts@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Allan Jude <allanjude@freebsd.org>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Andy Stormont <astormont@racktopsystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Porting Notes:
* Adopted destroy_dataset in ZTS test cleanup
* Use ksh shebang instead of bash for new tests
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9286
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/723d0c85Closes#7387
The property description has been updated with new algorithms as well.
Reviewed-by: Matt Ahrens <matt@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#7377
When using 16MB blocks the send/recv queue's aren't quite big
enough. This change leaves the default 16M queue size which a
good value for most pools. But it additionally ensures that the
queue sizes are at least twice the allowed zfs_max_recordsize.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7365Closes#7404
zfs-mount-generator implements the "systemd generator" protocol,
producing systemd.mount units from the cached outputs of zfs list,
during early boot, integrating with systemd.
Each pool has an indpendent cache of the command
zfs list -H -oname,mountpoint,canmount -tfilesystem -r $pool
which is kept synchronized by the ZEDLET
history_event-zfs-list-cacher.sh
Datasets not in the cache will be loaded later in the boot process by
zfs-mount.service, including pools without a cache.
Among other things, this allows for complex mount hierarchies.
Reviewed-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#7329
Updated the "Intent Log" section of the "zpool" manual page to
properly reflect the actions that may be performed.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Peter Ashford <ashford@accs.com>
Closes#6938Closes#7318
The changes piggyback JSON output support on top of channel programs
(#6558). This way the JSON output support is targeted to scripting
use cases and is easily maintainable since it really only touches
one function (zfs_do_channel_program()).
This patch ports Joyent's JSON nvlist library from illumos to enable
easy JSON printing of channel program output nvlist. To keep the
delta small I also took advantage of the fact that printing in
zfs_do_channel_program() was almost always done before exiting
the program.
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#7281
With compressed ARC (bug 6950) we use up to 25% of our CPU to decompress
indirect blocks, under a workload of random cached reads. To reduce this
decompression cost, we would like to increase the size of the dbuf cache so
that more indirect blocks can be stored uncompressed.
If we are caching entire large files of recordsize=8K, the indirect blocks
use 1/64th as much memory as the data blocks (assuming they have the same
compression ratio). We suggest making the dbuf cache be 1/32nd of all memory,
so that in this scenario we should be able to keep all the indirect blocks
decompressed in the dbuf cache. (We want it to be more than the 1/64th that
the indirect blocks would use because we need to cache other stuff in the dbuf
cache as well.)
In real world workloads, this won't help as dramatically as the example above,
but we think it's still worth it because the risk of decreasing performance is
low. The potential negative performance impact is that we will be slightly
reducing the size of the ARC (by ~3%).
Porting Notes:
* Added modules options to zfs-module-parameters.5 man page.
* Preserved scaling based on target ARC size rather than max ARC size.
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prashanth Sreenivasa <pks@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/9188
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/564
Upstream bug: DLPX-46942
Closes#7273
When it's set, a DTL range will be cleared even if its scan/scrub had
errors. This allows to work around resilver/scrub upon import when the
pool has errors.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Closes#7293
Change zfs destroy logic so destroying begins before
the entire list of snapshots is built.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kash Pande <kash@tripleback.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Paul Zuchowski <pzuchowski@datto.com>
Closes#7271
PR #7208 was a patch to allow non-reserved pool names which begin with
mirror, raidz, spare (but do not equal), however we'd rather document
it in the man page for compatibility with other OpenZFS implementations,
to avoid pool names that may not work on non-Linux platforms.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@osnexus.com>
Closes#7216
This patch adds support for acceleration of AES-GCM encryption
with Intel Quick Assist Technology.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chengfeix Zhu <chengfeix.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Weigang Li <weigang.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7282
Change checksum & IO delay ratelimit thresholds from 5/sec to 20/sec.
This allows zed to actually trigger if a bunch of these events arrive in
a short period of time (zed has a threshold of 10 events in 10 sec).
Previously, if you had, say, 100 checksum errors in 1 sec, it would get
ratelimited to 5/sec which wouldn't trigger zed to fault the drive.
Also, convert the checksum and IO delay thresholds to module params for
easy testing.
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#7252
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: John Eismeier <john.eismeier@gmail.com>
Closes#7237
a05dfd00 (Illumos 5147) has swapped FRAG and EXPANDSZ,
so it's natural to modify these examples.
# zpool list | head -1
NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE EXPANDSZ FRAG CAP DEDUP HEALTH ALTROOT
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tomohiro Kusumi <kusumi.tomohiro@osnexus.com>
Closes#7244
* Add a zed script to kick off a scrub after a resilver. The script is
disabled by default.
* Add a optional $PATH (-P) option to zed to allow it to use a custom
$PATH for its zedlets. This is needed when you're running zed under
the ZTS in a local workspace.
* Update test scripts to not copy in all-debug.sh and all-syslog.sh by
default. They can be optionally copied in as part of zed_setup().
These scripts slow down zed considerably under heavy events loads and
can cause events to be dropped or their delivery delayed. This was
causing some sporadic failures in the 'fault' tests.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#4662Closes#7086
This change implements 'zfs send -b' which can be used to send only
received property values whether or not they are overridden by local
settings.
This can be very useful during "restore" operations from a backup pool
because it allows to send only the property values originally sent
from the backup source, even though they were later modified on the
destination either by a 'zfs set' operation, explicit 'zfs inherit' or
overridden during the receive process via 'zfs receive -o|-x'.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7156
Currently, the DMU relies on ZIO layer compression to free LO
dnode blocks that no longer have objects in them. However,
raw receives disable all compression, meaning that these blocks
can never be freed. In addition to the obvious space concerns,
this could also cause incremental raw receives to fail to mount
since the MAC of a hole is different from that of a completely
zeroed block.
This patch corrects this issue by adding a special case in
zio_write_compress() which will attempt to compress these blocks
to a hole even if ZIO_FLAG_RAW_ENCRYPT is set. This patch also
removes the zfs_mdcomp_disable tunable, since tuning it could
cause these same issues.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7198
Error injection of EIO or ENXIO simply sets the zio's io_error value,
rather than preventing the read or write from occurring. This is
important information as it affects how the probes must be used.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#7172
Project quota is a new ZFS system space/object usage accounting
and enforcement mechanism. Similar as user/group quota, project
quota is another dimension of system quota. It bases on the new
object attribute - project ID.
Project ID is a numerical value to indicate to which project an
object belongs. An object only can belong to one project though
you (the object owner or privileged user) can change the object
project ID via 'chattr -p' or 'zfs project [-s] -p' explicitly.
The object also can inherit the project ID from its parent when
created if the parent has the project inherit flag (that can be
set via 'chattr +P' or 'zfs project -s [-p]').
By accounting the spaces/objects belong to the same project, we
can know how many spaces/objects used by the project. And if we
set the upper limit then we can control the spaces/objects that
are consumed by such project. It is useful when multiple groups
and users cooperate for the same project, or a user/group needs
to participate in multiple projects.
Support the following commands and functionalities:
zfs set projectquota@project
zfs set projectobjquota@project
zfs get projectquota@project
zfs get projectobjquota@project
zfs get projectused@project
zfs get projectobjused@project
zfs projectspace
zfs allow projectquota
zfs allow projectobjquota
zfs allow projectused
zfs allow projectobjused
zfs unallow projectquota
zfs unallow projectobjquota
zfs unallow projectused
zfs unallow projectobjused
chattr +/-P
chattr -p project_id
lsattr -p
This patch also supports tree quota based on the project quota via
"zfs project" commands set as following:
zfs project [-d|-r] <file|directory ...>
zfs project -C [-k] [-r] <file|directory ...>
zfs project -c [-0] [-d|-r] [-p id] <file|directory ...>
zfs project [-p id] [-r] [-s] <file|directory ...>
For "df [-i] $DIR" command, if we set INHERIT (project ID) flag on
the $DIR, then the proejct [obj]quota and [obj]used values for the
$DIR's project ID will be shown as the total/free (avail) resource.
Keep the same behavior as EXT4/XFS does.
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com>
Reviewed-by Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Fan Yong <fan.yong@intel.com>
TEST_ZIMPORT_POOLS="zol-0.6.1 zol-0.6.2 master"
Change-Id: Ib4f0544602e03fb61fd46a849d7ba51a6005693c
Closes#6290
There are some issues in the zdb -R decompression implementation.
The first is that ZLE can easily decompress non-ZLE streams. So we add
ZDB_NO_ZLE env to make zdb skip ZLE.
The second is the random bytes appended to pabd, pbuf2 stuff. This serve
no purpose at all, those bytes shouldn't be read during decompression
anyway. Instead, we randomize lbuf2, so that we can make sure
decompression fill exactly to lsize by bcmp lbuf and lbuf2.
The last one is the condition to detect fail is wrong.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#7099Closes#4984
Authored by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
We want to be able to run channel programs outside of synching
context. This would greatly improve performance for channel programs
that just gather information, as they won't have to wait for synching
context anymore.
=== What is implemented?
This feature introduces the following:
- A new command line flag in "zfs program" to specify our intention
to run in open context. (The -n option)
- A new flag/option within the channel program ioctl which selects
the context.
- Appropriate error handling whenever we try a channel program in
open-context that contains zfs.sync* expressions.
- Documentation for the new feature in the manual pages.
=== How do we handle zfs.sync functions in open context?
When such a function is found by the interpreter and we are running
in open context we abort the script and we spit out a descriptive
runtime error. For example, given the script below ...
arg = ...
fs = arg["argv"][1]
err = zfs.sync.destroy(fs)
msg = "destroying " .. fs .. " err=" .. err
return msg
if we run it in open context, we will get back the following error:
Channel program execution failed:
[string "channel program"]:3: running functions from the zfs.sync
submodule requires passing sync=TRUE to lzc_channel_program()
(i.e. do not specify the "-n" command line argument)
stack traceback:
[C]: in function 'destroy'
[string "channel program"]:3: in main chunk
=== What about testing?
We've introduced new wrappers for all channel program tests that
run each channel program as both (startard & open-context) and
expect the appropriate behavior depending on the program using
the zfs.sync module.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8677
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/17a49e15Closes#6558
Authored by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
ZFS channel programs should be able to create snapshots.
In addition to the base snapshot functionality, this entails extra
logic to handle edge cases which were formerly not possible, such as
creating then destroying a snapshot in the same transaction sync.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8600
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/68089b8b
Authored by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
ZFS channel programs should be able to perform a rollback.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8592
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/d46b5ed6
Authored by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
zfs.exists() in channel programs doesn't return any result, and should
have a man page entry. This patch corrects zfs.exists so that it
returns a value indicating if the dataset exists or not. It also adds
documentation about it in the man page.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8605
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/1e85e111
Authored by: Chris Williamson <chris.williamson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@delphix.com>
Ported-by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7431
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/dfc11533
Porting Notes:
* The CLI long option arguments for '-t' and '-m' don't parse on linux
* Switched from kmem_alloc to vmem_alloc in zcp_lua_alloc
* Lua implementation is built as its own module (zlua.ko)
* Lua headers consumed directly by zfs code moved to 'include/sys/lua/'
* There is no native setjmp/longjump available in stock Linux kernel.
Brought over implementations from illumos and FreeBSD
* The get_temporary_prop() was adapted due to VFS platform differences
* Use of inline functions in lua parser to reduce stack usage per C call
* Skip some ZFS Test Suite ZCP tests on sparc64 to avoid stack overflow
zfs_arc_p_aggressive_disable is no more. This PR removes docs
and module parameters for zfs_arc_p_aggressive_disable.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Closes#7135
Currently, the ARC exposes 2 tunables (zfs_arc_min_prefetch_ms
and zfs_arc_min_prescient_prefetch_ms) which are documented
to be specified in milliseconds. However, the code actually
uses the values as though they were in seconds. This patch
adjusts the code to match the names and documentation of the
tunables.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#7126
Large_blocks feature activation was not consistent with man page,
which erroneously stated that the feature was active when the
recordsize was increased past the stock 128KB. It actually
becomes active when data is written to the dataset.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#6275Closes#7093
* Remove 'zfs snap' from zfs help message (OpenZFS sync)
* Update zfs(8) to suggest 'snap' can be used as an alias for 'snapshot'
* Enforce 80 columns limit in help messages
* Remove zfs_disable_dup_eviction from zfs-module-parameters(5)
* Expose zfs_scan_max_ext_gap as a kernel module parameter.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#7087
When we know which devices have the pool we are looking for, sometime
it's better if we can directly pass those device paths to zpool import
instead of letting it to search through all unrelated stuff, which might
take a lot of time if you have hundreds of disks.
This patch allows option -d <dev_path> to zpool import. You can have
multiple pairs of -d <dev_path>, and zpool import will only search
through those devices. For example:
zpool import -d /dev/sda -d /dev/sdb
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@nutanix.com>
Closes#7077
The intent of this patch is extend the existing deadman code
such that it's flexible enough to be used by both ztest and
on production systems. The proposed changes include:
* Added a new `zfs_deadman_failmode` module option which is
used to dynamically control the behavior of the deadman. It's
loosely modeled after, but independant from, the pool failmode
property. It can be set to wait, continue, or panic.
* wait - Wait for the "hung" I/O (default)
* continue - Attempt to recover from a "hung" I/O
* panic - Panic the system
* Added a new `zfs_deadman_ziotime_ms` module option which is
analogous to `zfs_deadman_synctime_ms` except instead of
applying to a pool TXG sync it applies to zio_wait(). A
default value of 300s is used to define a "hung" zio.
* The ztest deadman thread has been re-enabled by default,
aligned with the upstream OpenZFS code, and then extended
to terminate the process when it takes significantly longer
to complete than expected.
* The -G option was added to ztest to print the internal debug
log when a fatal error is encountered. This same option was
previously added to zdb in commit fa603f82. Update zloop.sh
to unconditionally pass -G to obtain additional debugging.
* The FM_EREPORT_ZFS_DELAY event which was previously posted
when the deadman detect a "hung" pool has been replaced by
a new dedicated FM_EREPORT_ZFS_DEADMAN event.
* The proposed recovery logic attempts to restart a "hung"
zio by calling zio_interrupt() on any outstanding leaf zios.
We may want to further restrict this to zios in either the
ZIO_STAGE_VDEV_IO_START or ZIO_STAGE_VDEV_IO_DONE stages.
Calling zio_interrupt() is expected to only be useful for
cases when an IO has been submitted to the physical device
but for some reasonable the completion callback hasn't been
called by the lower layers. This shouldn't be possible but
has been observed and may be caused by kernel/driver bugs.
* The 'zfs_deadman_synctime_ms' default value was reduced from
1000s to 600s.
* Depending on how ztest fails there may be no cache file to
move. This should not be considered fatal, collect the logs
which are available and carry on.
* Add deadman test cases for spa_deadman() and zio_wait().
* Increase default zfs_deadman_checktime_ms to 60s.
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed by: Thomas Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6999
Authored by: Sean Eric Fagan <sef@ixsystems.com>
Reviewed by: Alek Pinchuk <pinchuk.alek@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Porting Notes:
- Brought #defines in eventdefs.h in line with ZFS on Linux format.
- Updated zfs-events.5 with the new events.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8959
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/c862b93eeaCloses#7049
Parameter was removed in d3c2ae1c08
(OpenZFS 6950 - ARC should cache compressed data)
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#7043
Replace "percent" with "%", add bold to default values.
Reviewed-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <gamanakis@gmail.com>
Closes#7018
Authored by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <jwk404@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Igor Kozhukhov <igor@dilos.org>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported-by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
PROBLEM
=======
There's a race condition that exists if `zil_free_lwb` races with either
`zil_commit_waiter_timeout` and/or `zil_lwb_flush_vdevs_done`.
Here's an example panic due to this bug:
> ::status
debugging crash dump vmcore.0 (64-bit) from ip-10-110-205-40
operating system: 5.11 dlpx-5.2.2.0_2017-12-04-17-28-32b6ba51fb (i86pc)
image uuid: 4af0edfb-e58e-6ed8-cafc-d3e9167c7513
panic message:
BAD TRAP: type=e (#pf Page fault) rp=ffffff0010555970 addr=60 occurred in module "zfs" due to a NULL pointer dereference
dump content: kernel pages only
> $c
zio_shrink+0x12()
zil_lwb_write_issue+0x30d(ffffff03dcd15cc0, ffffff03e0730e20)
zil_commit_waiter_timeout+0xa2(ffffff03dcd15cc0, ffffff03d97ffcf8)
zil_commit_waiter+0xf3(ffffff03dcd15cc0, ffffff03d97ffcf8)
zil_commit+0x80(ffffff03dcd15cc0, 9a9)
zfs_write+0xc34(ffffff03dc38b140, ffffff0010555e60, 40, ffffff03e00fb758, 0)
fop_write+0x5b(ffffff03dc38b140, ffffff0010555e60, 40, ffffff03e00fb758, 0)
write+0x250(42, fffffd7ff4832000, 2000)
sys_syscall+0x177()
If there's an outstanding lwb that's in `zil_commit_waiter_timeout`
waiting to timeout, waiting on it's waiter's CV, we must be sure not to
call `zil_free_lwb`. If we end up calling `zil_free_lwb`, then that LWB
may be freed and can result in a use-after-free situation where the
stale lwb pointer stored in the `zil_commit_waiter_t` structure of the
thread waiting on the waiter's CV is used.
A similar situation can occur if an lwb is issued to disk, and thus in
the `LWB_STATE_ISSUED` state, and `zil_free_lwb` is called while the
disk is servicing that lwb. In this situation, the lwb will be freed by
`zil_free_lwb`, which will result in a use-after-free situation when the
lwb's zio completes, and `zil_lwb_flush_vdevs_done` is called.
This race condition is prevented in `zil_close` by calling `zil_commit`
before `zil_free_lwb` is called, which will ensure all outstanding (i.e.
all lwb's in the `LWB_STATE_OPEN` and/or `LWB_STATE_ISSUED` states)
reach the `LWB_STATE_DONE` state before the lwb's are freed
(`zil_commit` will not return untill all the lwb's are
`LWB_STATE_DONE`).
Further, this race condition is prevented in `zil_sync` by only calling
`zil_free_lwb` for lwb's that do not have their `lwb_buf` pointer set.
All lwb's not in the `LWB_STATE_DONE` state will have a non-null value
for this pointer; the pointer is only cleared in
`zil_lwb_flush_vdevs_done`, at which point the lwb's state will be
changed to `LWB_STATE_DONE`.
This race *is* present in `zil_suspend`, leading to this bug.
At first glance, it would appear as though this would not be true
because `zil_suspend` will call `zil_commit`, just like `zil_close`, but
the problem is that `zil_suspend` will set the zilog's `zl_suspend`
field prior to calling `zil_commit`. Further, in `zil_commit`, if
`zl_suspend` is set, `zil_commit` will take a special branch of logic
and use `txg_wait_synced` instead of performing the normal `zil_commit`
logic.
This call to `txg_wait_synced` might be good enough for the data to
reach disk safely before it returns, but it does not ensure that all
outstanding lwb's reach the `LWB_STATE_DONE` state before it returns.
This is because, if there's an lwb "stuck" in
`zil_commit_waiter_timeout`, waiting for it's lwb to timeout, it will
maintain a non-null value for it's `lwb_buf` field and thus `zil_sync`
will not free that lwb. Thus, even though the lwb's data is already on
disk, the lwb will be left lingering, waiting on the CV, and will
eventually timeout and be issued to disk even though the write is
unnecessary.
So, after `zil_commit` is called from `zil_suspend`, we incorrectly
assume that there are not outstanding lwb's, and proceed to free all
lwb's found on the zilog's lwb list. As a result, we free the lwb that
will later be used `zil_commit_waiter_timeout`.
SOLUTION
========
The solution to this, is to ensure all outstanding lwb's complete before
calling `zil_free_lwb` via `zil_destroy` in `zil_suspend`. This patch
accomplishes this goal by forcing the normal `zil_commit` logic when
called from `zil_sync`.
Now, `zil_suspend` will call `zil_commit_impl` which will always use the
normal logic of waiting/issuing lwb's to disk before it returns. As a
result, any lwb's outstanding when `zil_commit_impl` is called will be
guaranteed to reach the `LWB_STATE_DONE` state by the time it returns.
Further, no new lwb's will be created via `zil_commit` since the zilog's
`zl_suspend` flag will be set. This will force all new callers of
`zil_commit` to use `txg_wait_synced` instead of creating and issuing
new lwb's.
Thus, all lwb's left on the zilog's lwb list when `zil_destroy` is
called will be in the `LWB_STATE_DONE` state, and we'll avoid this race
condition.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8909
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/ece62b6f8dCloses#6940
This extends vdev_id to support a new slot type, ses, for SCSI Enclosure
Services. With slot type ses, the disk slot numbers are determined by
using the device slot number reported by sg_ses for the device with
matching SAS address, found by querying all available enclosures.
This is primarily of use on systems with a deficient driver omitting
support for bay_identifier in /sys/devices. In my testing, I found that
the existing slot types of port and id were not stable across disk
replacement, so an alternative was required.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Simon Guest <simon.guest@tesujimath.org>
Closes#6956
Currently, scrubs and resilvers can take an extremely
long time to complete. This is largely due to the fact
that zfs scans process pools in logical order, as
determined by each block's bookmark. This makes sense
from a simplicity perspective, but blocks in zfs are
often scattered randomly across disks, particularly
due to zfs's copy-on-write mechanisms.
This patch improves performance by splitting scrubs
and resilvers into a metadata scanning phase and an IO
issuing phase. The metadata scan reads through the
structure of the pool and gathers an in-memory queue
of I/Os, sorted by size and offset on disk. The issuing
phase will then issue the scrub I/Os as sequentially as
possible, greatly improving performance.
This patch also updates and cleans up some of the scan
code which has not been updated in several years.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Authored-by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com>
Authored-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Authored-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#3625Closes#6256
zfs-import-{cache,scan}.service must complete before any mounting of
filesystems can occur. To simplify this dependency, create a target
that is reached After (in the systemd sense) the pool is imported.
Additionally, recommend that legacy zfs mounts use the option
x-systemd.requires=zfs-import.target
to codify this requirement.
Reviewed-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Russo <antonio.e.russo@gmail.com>
Closes#6764
Update zfs module parameters man5 with missing parameter details
for multiple tunings.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alex Braunegg <alex.braunegg@gmail.com>
Closes#6785
The 'zpool status' command supports the -P option for printing full
path names. It does not support the -p parsable option for printing
exact values.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6792Closes#6794
Update spl module parameters man5 with the following missing parameter
details for spl_panic_halt.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alex Braunegg <alex.braunegg@gmail.com>
Closes#664
The current make recipe for mancheck silently ignores errors. Correct
the recipe so errors cause the mancheck recipe fail.
The zpool reopen command in the zpool.8 manpage had a bullet list
without an .El.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Closes#6790
Additionally add four new tests:
* zpool_events_clear: verify 'zpool events -c' functionality
* zpool_events_cliargs: verify command line options and arguments
* zpool_events_follow: verify 'zpool events -f'
* zpool_events_poolname: verify events filtering by pool name
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#3285Closes#6762
8558 lwp_create() returns EAGAIN on system with more than 80K ZFS filesystems
On a system with more than 80K ZFS filesystems, we've seen cases
where lwp_create() will start to fail by returning EAGAIN. The
problem being, for each of those 80K ZFS filesystems, a taskq will
be created for each dataset as part of the ZIL for each dataset.
Porting Notes:
- The new nomem taskq kstat was dropped.
- Added module options and documentation for new tunings
zfs_zil_clean_taskq_nthr_pct, zfs_zil_clean_taskq_minalloc,
zfs_zil_clean_taskq_maxalloc, and zfs_sync_taskq_batch_pct.
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Authored by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8558
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/216d772
8602 remove unused "dp_early_sync_tasks" field from "dsl_pool" structure
Reviewed by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheim@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Authored by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8602
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/2bcb545Closes#6779
Added -n flag to zpool reopen that allows a running scrub
operation to continue if there is a device with Dirty Time Log.
By default if a component device has a DTL and zpool reopen
is executed all running scan operations will be restarted.
Added functional tests for `zpool reopen`
Tests covers following scenarios:
* `zpool reopen` without arguments,
* `zpool reopen` with pool name as argument,
* `zpool reopen` while scrubbing,
* `zpool reopen -n` while scrubbing,
* `zpool reopen -n` while resilvering,
* `zpool reopen` with bad arguments.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Bubała <arkadiusz.bubala@open-e.com>
Closes#6076Closes#6746
The only place vn_rename and vn_remove are used is when writing
out an updated pool configuration file. By truncating the file
instead of renaming and removing it we can avoid having to implement
these interfaces entirely. Functionally an empty cache file is
treated the same as a missing cache file. This is particularly
advantageous because the Linux kernel has never provided a way
to reliably implement vn_rename and vn_remove.
The cachefile_004_pos.ksh test case was updated to understand
that an empty cache file is the same as a missing one.
The zfs-import-* systemd service files were not updated to use
ConditionFileNotEmpty in place of ConditionPathExists. This
means that after exporting all pools and rebooting new pools
will not the scanned for on the next boot. This small change
should not impact normal usage since pools are not exported
as part of a normal shutdown.
Documentation was updated accordingly.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Arkadiusz Bubała <arkadiusz.bubala@open-e.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes zfsonlinux/spl#648
Closes#6753
* PBKDF2 implementation changed to OpenSSL implementation.
* HKDF implementation moved to its own file and tests
added to ensure correctness.
* Removed libzfs's now unnecessary dependency on libzpool
and libicp.
* Ztest can now create and test encrypted datasets. This is
currently disabled until issue #6526 is resolved, but
otherwise functions as advertised.
* Several small bug fixes discovered after enabling ztest
to run on encrypted datasets.
* Fixed coverity defects added by the encryption patch.
* Updated man pages for encrypted send / receive behavior.
* Fixed a bug where encrypted datasets could receive
DRR_WRITE_EMBEDDED records.
* Minor code cleanups / consolidation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
It's often useful to have access to txg history for debugging
purposes. This patch changes the default from 0 to 100 TXGs
worth of history preserved.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#6691
Add a new make 'mancheck' target which uses mandoc -Tlint to verify
manpage files: currently only zfs(8), zpool(8) zdb(8) and zgenhostid(8)
are supported.
Additionally fix some outstanding manpage formatting issues.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#6646
3796 listsnapshots not documented in zpool man page
Authored by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Yuri Pankov <yuripv@gmx.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@joyent.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: George Melikov mail@gmelikov.ru
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8435
OpenZFS-commit: openzfs/openzfs@a058d1c
Porting notes: OpenZFS review applied,
some ZoL changes were reverted.
See https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/pull/415
This leverages the functionality introduced in cf7684b to expose
verbose, dry-run and parsable 'zfs send' options for bookmarks.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#3666Closes#6601
compression=lz4 depends on the lz4 feature being enabled, while
compression=on will let ZFS use either lzjb or lz4 where appropriate.
It also allows the documentation to not go out of date if/when ZFS
picks a new default in the future.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Mike Swanson <mikeonthecomputer@gmail.com>
Closes#6614
Corrected indent of the note located at the bottom of the options for
zfs send as well as remove an extra whitespace
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#6590
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Closes#6553
This patch fixes several issues discovered after
the encryption patch was merged:
* Fixed a bug where encrypted datasets could attempt
to receive embedded data records.
* Fixed a bug where dirty records created by the recv
code wasn't properly setting the dr_raw flag.
* Fixed a typo where a dmu_tx_commit() was changed to
dmu_tx_abort()
* Fixed a few error handling bugs unrelated to the
encryption patch in dmu_recv_stream()
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#6512Closes#6524Closes#6545
* Removed zpios kmod, utility, headers and man page.
* Removed unused scripts zpios-profile/*, zpios-test/*,
zpool-config/*, smb.sh, zpios-sanity.sh, zpios-survey.sh,
zpios.sh, and zpool-create.sh.
* Removed zfs-script-config.sh.in. When building 'make' generates
a common.sh with in-tree path information from the common.sh.in
template. This file and sourced by the test scripts and used
for in-tree testing, it is not included in the packages. When
building packages 'make install' uses the same template to
create a new common.sh which is appropriate for the packaging.
* Removed unused functions/variables from scripts/common.sh.in.
Only minimal path information and configuration environment
variables remain.
* Removed unused scripts from scripts/ directory.
* Remaining shell scripts in the scripts directory updated to
cleanly pass shellcheck and added to checked scripts.
* Renamed tests/test-runner/cmd/ to tests/test-runner/bin/ to
match install location name.
* Removed last traces of the --enable-debug-dmu-tx configure
options which was retired some time ago.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6509
With HPE hardware and hpsa-driven SAS adapters, only a single phy is
reported, but no individual per-port phys (ie. no phy* entry below
port_dir), which breaks topology detection in the current sas_handler
code. Instead, slot information can be derived directly from the port
number. This change implements a new slot keyword "port" similar to
"id" and "lun", and assumes a default phy/port of 0 if no individual
phy entry can be found. It allows to use the "sas_direct" topology with
current HPE Dxxxx and Apollo 45xx JBODs.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kobras <d.kobras@science-computing.de>
Closes#6484
Added a 'corrupt' error option that will flip a bit in the data
after a read operation. This is useful for generating checksum
errors at the device layer (in a mirror config for example). It
is also used to validate the diagnosis of checksum errors from
the zfs diagnosis engine.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Closes#6345
This change incorporates three major pieces:
The first change is a keystore that manages wrapping
and encryption keys for encrypted datasets. These
commands mostly involve manipulating the new
DSL Crypto Key ZAP Objects that live in the MOS. Each
encrypted dataset has its own DSL Crypto Key that is
protected with a user's key. This level of indirection
allows users to change their keys without re-encrypting
their entire datasets. The change implements the new
subcommands "zfs load-key", "zfs unload-key" and
"zfs change-key" which allow the user to manage their
encryption keys and settings. In addition, several new
flags and properties have been added to allow dataset
creation and to make mounting and unmounting more
convenient.
The second piece of this patch provides the ability to
encrypt, decyrpt, and authenticate protected datasets.
Each object set maintains a Merkel tree of Message
Authentication Codes that protect the lower layers,
similarly to how checksums are maintained. This part
impacts the zio layer, which handles the actual
encryption and generation of MACs, as well as the ARC
and DMU, which need to be able to handle encrypted
buffers and protected data.
The last addition is the ability to do raw, encrypted
sends and receives. The idea here is to send raw
encrypted and compressed data and receive it exactly
as is on a backup system. This means that the dataset
on the receiving system is protected using the same
user key that is in use on the sending side. By doing
so, datasets can be efficiently backed up to an
untrusted system without fear of data being
compromised.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Lundman <lundman@lundman.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Closes#494Closes#5769
* ztest.1 man page: fix typo
* zfs-module-parameters.5 man page: fix grammar
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Grünbichler <f.gruenbichler@proxmox.com>
Closes#6492
There is no '.sh' macro in troff/groff/man, only '.SH' for section
headers. I assume .sp for a line break was intended here like
in the rest of the man page.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#643
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#642
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#6409Closes#6410
Redefine the SET_ERROR macro in terms of __dprintf() so the error
return codes get logged as both tracepoint events (if tracepoints are
enabled) and as ZFS debug log entries. This also allows us to use
the same definition of SET_ERROR() in kernel and user space.
Define a new debug flag ZFS_DEBUG_SET_ERROR=512 that may be bitwise
or'd into zfs_flags. Setting this flag enables both dprintf() and
SET_ERROR() messages in the debug log. That is, setting
ZFS_DEBUG_SET_ERROR and ZFS_DEBUG_DPRINTF|ZFS_DEBUG_SET_ERROR are
equivalent (this was done for sake of simplicity). Leaving
ZFS_DEBUG_SET_ERROR unset suppresses the SET_ERROR() messages which
helps avoid cluttering up the logs.
To enable SET_ERROR() logging, run:
echo 1 > /sys/module/zfs/parameters/zfs_dbgmsg_enable
echo 512 > /sys/module/zfs/parameters/zfs_flags
Remove the zfs_set_error_class tracepoints event class since
SET_ERROR() now uses __dprintf(). This sacrifices a bit of
granularity when selecting individual tracepoint events to enable but
it makes the code simpler.
Include file, function, and line number information in debug log
entries. The information is now added to the message buffer in
__dprintf() and as a result the zfs_dprintf_class tracepoints event
class was changed from a 4 parameter interface to a single parameter.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Closes#6400
The userobj_accounting feature described in the zpool-features.5
man page was incorrectly indented. Fix it.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6402
Turning the multihost property on requires that a hostid be set to allow
ZFS to determine when a foreign system is attemping to import a pool.
The error message instructing the user to set a hostid refers to
genhostid(1).
Genhostid(1) is not available on SUSE Linux. This commit adds a script
modeled after genhostid(1) for those users.
Zgenhostid checks for an /etc/hostid file; if it does not exist, it
creates one and stores a value. If the user has provided a hostid as an
argument, that value is used. Otherwise, a random hostid is generated
and stored.
This differs from the CENTOS 6/7 versions of genhostid, which overwrite
the /etc/hostid file even though their manpages state otherwise.
A man page for zgenhostid is added. The one for genhostid is in (1), but
I put zgenhostid in (8) because I believe it's more appropriate.
The mmp tests are modified to use zgenhostid to set the hostid instead
of using the spl_hostid module parameter. zgenhostid will not replace
an existing /etc/hostid file, so new mmp_clear_hostid calls are
required.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6358Closes#6379
zpool iostat/status -c is supposed to be restricted
by its search path, but currently isn't. To prevent
arbitrary scripts from being executed, disallow '/'
from commands.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Closes#6353Closes#6359
- Use nested [] notation to denote optional script list elements
- Fix space before comma after smarctl(8)
- Fix typo and formatting error in reference to -v option
- Fix spelling errors
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Closes#6370
Add multihost=on|off pool property to control MMP. When enabled
a new thread writes uberblocks to the last slot in each label, at a
set frequency, to indicate to other hosts the pool is actively imported.
These uberblocks are the last synced uberblock with an updated
timestamp. Property defaults to off.
During tryimport, find the "best" uberblock (newest txg and timestamp)
repeatedly, checking for change in the found uberblock. Include the
results of the activity test in the config returned by tryimport.
These results are reported to user in "zpool import".
Allow the user to control the period between MMP writes, and the
duration of the activity test on import, via a new module parameter
zfs_multihost_interval. The period is specified in milliseconds. The
activity test duration is calculated from this value, and from the
mmp_delay in the "best" uberblock found initially.
Add a kstat interface to export statistics about Multiple Modifier
Protection (MMP) updates. Include the last synced txg number, the
timestamp, the delay since the last MMP update, the VDEV GUID, the VDEV
label that received the last MMP update, and the VDEV path. Abbreviated
output below.
$ cat /proc/spl/kstat/zfs/mypool/multihost
31 0 0x01 10 880 105092382393521 105144180101111
txg timestamp mmp_delay vdev_guid vdev_label vdev_path
20468 261337 250274925 68396651780 3 /dev/sda
20468 261339 252023374 6267402363293 1 /dev/sdc
20468 261340 252000858 6698080955233 1 /dev/sdx
20468 261341 251980635 783892869810 2 /dev/sdy
20468 261342 253385953 8923255792467 3 /dev/sdd
20468 261344 253336622 042125143176 0 /dev/sdab
20468 261345 253310522 1200778101278 2 /dev/sde
20468 261346 253286429 0950576198362 2 /dev/sdt
20468 261347 253261545 96209817917 3 /dev/sds
20468 261349 253238188 8555725937673 3 /dev/sdb
Add a new tunable zfs_multihost_history to specify the number of MMP
updates to store history for. By default it is set to zero meaning that
no MMP statistics are stored.
When using ztest to generate activity, for automated tests of the MMP
function, some test functions interfere with the test. For example, the
pool is exported to run zdb and then imported again. Add a new ztest
function, "-M", to alter ztest behavior to prevent this.
Add new tests to verify the new functionality. Tests provided by
Giuseppe Di Natale.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#745Closes#6279
The volmode property may be set to control the visibility of ZVOL
block devices.
This allow switching ZVOL between three modes:
full - existing fully functional behaviour (default)
dev - hide partitions on ZVOL block devices
none - not exposing volumes outside ZFS
Additionally the new zvol_volmode module parameter can be used to
control the default behaviour.
This functionality can be used, for instance, on "backup" pools to
avoid cluttering /dev with unneeded zd* devices.
Original-patch-by: mav <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
FreeBSD-commit: https://github.com/freebsd/freebsd/commit/dd28e6bbCloses#1796Closes#3438Closes#6233
Authored by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@gmail.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/8067
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/8173085Closes#6319
Currently, there is no way to pause a scrub. Pausing may
be useful when the pool is busy with other I/O to preserve
bandwidth.
This patch adds the ability to pause and resume scrubbing.
This is achieved by maintaining a persistent on-disk scrub state.
While the state is 'paused' we do not scrub any more blocks.
We do however perform regular scan housekeeping such as
freeing async destroyed and deadlist blocks while paused.
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Thomas Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Serapheim Dimitropoulos <serapheimd@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#6167
* Fixed some typos
* Additional description for some commands arguments
* Text reworked to be in sync with OpenZFS
* Added Linux as .Os type
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#6282
* Fixed some typos
* Additional description for some commands arguments
* `listsnapshots` remained
* Text reworked to be in sync with OpenZFS
* Added Linux as .Os type
* Updated `zpool events` section.
* Updated `zpool iostat|status -c` sections
* Added zed(8) reference to SEE ALSO
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Closes#6245
In the original form of device error injection, it was an all or nothing
situation. To help simulate intermittent error conditions, you can now
specify a real number percentage value. This is also very useful for our
ZFS fault diagnosis testing and for injecting intermittent errors during
load testing.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Closes#6227
In arc_evict_state() we start pruning when arc_dnode_size >
arc_dnode_limit, i.e. arc_dnode_limit is a ceiling rather than a
floor.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chris Dunlop <chris@onthe.net.au>
Closes#6228
- After some ZIL changes 6 years ago zil_slog_limit got partially broken
due to zl_itx_list_sz not updated when async itx'es upgraded to sync.
Actually because of other changes about that time zl_itx_list_sz is not
really required to implement the functionality, so this patch removes
some unneeded broken code and variables.
- Original idea of zil_slog_limit was to reduce chance of SLOG abuse by
single heavy logger, that increased latency for other (more latency critical)
loggers, by pushing heavy log out into the main pool instead of SLOG. Beside
huge latency increase for heavy writers, this implementation caused double
write of all data, since the log records were explicitly prepared for SLOG.
Since we now have I/O scheduler, I've found it can be much more efficient
to reduce priority of heavy logger SLOG writes from ZIO_PRIORITY_SYNC_WRITE
to ZIO_PRIORITY_ASYNC_WRITE, while still leave them on SLOG.
- Existing ZIL implementation had problem with space efficiency when it
has to write large chunks of data into log blocks of limited size. In some
cases efficiency stopped to almost as low as 50%. In case of ZIL stored on
spinning rust, that also reduced log write speed in half, since head had to
uselessly fly over allocated but not written areas. This change improves
the situation by offloading problematic operations from z*_log_write() to
zil_lwb_commit(), which knows real situation of log blocks allocation and
can split large requests into pieces much more efficiently. Also as side
effect it removes one of two data copy operations done by ZIL code WR_COPIED
case.
- While there, untangle and unify code of z*_log_write() functions.
Also zfs_log_write() alike to zvol_log_write() can now handle writes crossing
block boundary, that may also improve efficiency if ZPL is made to do that.
Sponsored by: iXsystems, Inc.
Authored by: Alexander Motin <mav@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Andriy Gapon <avg@FreeBSD.org>
Reviewed by: Steven Hartland <steven.hartland@multiplay.co.uk>
Reviewed by: Brad Lewis <brad.lewis@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7578
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/aeb13acCloses#6191
Users can now provide their own scripts to be run
with 'zpool iostat/status -c'. User scripts should be
placed in ~/.zpool.d to be included in zpool's
default search path.
Provide a script which can be used with
'zpool iostat|status -c' that will return the type of
device (hdd, sdd, file).
Provide a script to get various values from smartctl
when using 'zpool iostat/status -c'.
Allow users to define the ZPOOL_SCRIPTS_PATH
environment variable which can be used to override
the default 'zpool iostat/status -c' search path.
Allow the ZPOOL_SCRIPTS_ENABLED environment
variable to enable or disable 'zpool status/iostat -c'
functionality.
Use the new smart script to provide the serial command.
Install /etc/sudoers.d/zfs file which contains the sudoer
rule for smartctl as a sample.
Allow 'zpool iostat/status -c' tests to run in tree.
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Closes#6121Closes#6153
This addition will enable us to sync an open TXG to the main pool
on demand. The functionality is similar to 'sync(2)' but 'zpool sync'
will return when data has hit the main storage instead of potentially
just the ZIL as is the case with the 'sync(2)' cmd.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Signed-off-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Closes#6122
This patch adds a '-f' option to 'zpool offline' to fault a vdev
instead of bringing it offline. Unlike the OFFLINE state, the
FAULTED state will trigger the FMA code, allowing for things like
autoreplace and triggering the slot fault LED. The -f faults
persist across imports, unless they were set with the temporary
(-t) flag. Both persistent and temporary faults can be cleared
with zpool clear.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#6094
This allows users to specify "-o property=value" to override and
"-x property" to exclude properties when receiving a zfs send stream.
Both native and user properties can be specified.
This is useful when using zfs send/receive for periodic
backup/replication because it lets users change properties such as
canmount, mountpoint, or compression without modifying the source.
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/2745https://www.illumos.org/issues/3753
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Alek Pinchuk <apinchuk@datto.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#1350Closes#5349
Document the existence of `createtxg` and `guid` native properties
in man pages and zfs command output.
One of the great features of ZFS is incremental replication of
snapshots, possibly between pools on different machines.
Shell scripts are commonly used to auomate this procedure. They have to
find the most recent common snapshot between both sides and then
perform incremental send & recv.
Currently, scripts rely on the sorting order of `zfs list`, which
defaults to `createtxg`, and the assumption that snapshot names on
either side do not change.
By making `createtxg` and `guid` part of the public ZFS interface,
scripts are enabled to use
a) `createtxg` to determine the logical & temporal order of snapshots
(the creation property is not an equivalent substitute since
multiple snapshots may be created within one second)
b) `guid` to uniquely identify a snapshot, independent of its current
display name
This has the potential of making scripts safer and correct.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schwarz <me@cschwarz.com>
Closes#6102
Change the default ZVOL behavior so requests are handled asynchronously.
This behavior is functionally the same as in the zfs-0.6.4 release.
Reviewed-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@osnexus.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #5902
This commit allow higher ashift values (up to 16) in 'zpool create'
The ashift value was previously limited to 13 (8K block) in b41c990
because the limited number of uberblocks we could fit in the
statically sized (128K) vdev label ring buffer could prevent the
ability the safely roll back a pool to recover it.
Since b02fe35 the largest uberblock size we support is 8K: this
allow us to store a minimum number of 16 uberblocks in the vdev
label, even with higher ashift values.
Additionally change 'ashift' pool property behaviour: if set it will
be used as the default hint value in subsequent vdev operations
('zpool add', 'attach' and 'replace'). A custom ashift value can still
be specified from the command line, if desired.
Finally, fix a bug in add-o_ashift.ksh caused by a missing variable.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#2024Closes#4205Closes#4740Closes#5763
When multiple filesystems are in use, memory pressure causes arc_cache
to collapse to a minimum. Allow arc_cache to maintain proportional size
even when hit rates are disproportionate. We do this only via evictable
size from the kernel shrinker, thus it's only in effect under memory
pressure.
AKAMAI: zfs: CR 3695072
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Closes#6035
Commit 37f9dac removed the zvol_taskq for processing zvol requests.
This was removed as part of switching to make_request_fn and was
motivated by a concern at the time over dispatch latency.
However, this also made all bio request synchronous, and caused
serious performance issues as the bio submitter would wait for
every bio it submitted, effectively making the IO depth 1.
This patch reinstate zvol_taskq, and to make sure overlapped I/Os
are ordered properly, we take range lock in zvol_request, and pass
it along with bio to the I/O functions zvol_{write,discard,read}.
In order to facilitate benchmarks a zvol_request_sync module
option was added to switch between sync and async request handling.
For the moment, the default behavior is synchronous but this is
likely to change pending additional testing.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@osnexus.com>
Closes#5824
It was documented as being related to zfs_vdev_async_max_active
when it is actually related to zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active.
Also, expand the documentation to describe the allocation throttle
which was introduced as part of OpenZFS 7090 in 3dfb57a.
Reviewed-by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Reviewed-by: Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Closes#6064
OpenZFS 7252 - compressed zfs send / receive
OpenZFS 7628 - create long versions of ZFS send / receive options
Authored by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: David Quigley <dpquigl@davequigley.com>
Reviewed by: Thomas Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Reviewed by: David Quigley <dpquigl@davequigley.com>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Ported-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Porting Notes:
- Most of 7252 was already picked up during ABD work. This
commit represents the gap from the final commit to openzfs.
- Fixed split_large_blocks check in do_dump()
- An alternate version of the write_compressible() function was
implemented for Linux which does not depend on fio. The behavior
of fio differs significantly based on the exact version.
- mkholes was replaced with truncate for Linux.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7252
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/5602294Closes#6067
This patch updates the "zpool status/iostat -c" commands to only run
"pre-baked" scripts from the /etc/zfs/zpool.d directory (or wherever
you install to). The scripts can only be run from -c as an unprivileged
user (unless the ZPOOL_SCRIPTS_AS_ROOT environment var is
set by root). This was done to encourage scripts to be written is such
a way that normal users can use them, and to be cautious. If your
script needs to run a privileged command, consider adding the
appropriate line in /etc/sudoers. See zpool(8) for an example of how
to do this.
The patch also allows the scripts to output custom column names. If
the script outputs a line like:
name=value
then "name" is used for the column name, and "value" is its value.
Multiple columns can be specified by outputting multiple lines. Column
names and values can have spaces. If the value is empty, a dash (-) is
printed instead.
After all the "name=value" lines are read (if any), zpool will take the
next the next line of output (if any) and print it without a column
header. After that, no more lines will be processed. This can be
useful for printing errors.
Lastly, this patch also disables the -c option with the latency and
request size histograms, since it produced awkward output and made the
code harder to maintain.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#5852
* bookmarks are not supported when sending all intermediary snaps (-I)
* add missing compressed (-c) option to the 'zfs' help and manpage
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#6028
Authored by: Richard Yao <ryao@gentoo.org>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Reviewed by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Porting Notes:
This was already implemented in ZFS on Linux. This patch
is to resolved the deltas present in our version.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6392
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/9bb97deCloses#6020
Resilver operations frequently cause only a small amount of dirty data
to be written to disk at a time, resulting in the IO scheduler to only
issue 1 write at a time to the resilvering disk. When it is rotational
media the drive will often travel past the next sector to be written
before receiving a write command from ZFS, significantly delaying the
write of the next sector.
Raise zfs_vdev_async_write_min_active so that drives are kept fed
during resilvering.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Issue #4825Closes#5926
Force flushing of txg's can be painfully slow when competing for disk
IO, since this is a process meant to execute asynchronously. Optimize
this path via allowing data/hole seeking if the file is clean, but if
dirty fall back to old logic. This is a compromise to disabling the
feature entirely.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com>
Closes#4306Closes#5962
Authored by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Will Andrews <will@freebsd.org>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Ported-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Porting Notes:
- Replaced zdb.8 with upstream mdoc zdb.1m version. Updated to
include Linux specific features: -V verbatium imports and
improved label printing (-u, and -l).
- Minor changes to `zdb -h` output to honor 80 character limit.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6410
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/ed61ec1Closes#6006
Authored by: Bill Pijewski <wdp@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Jerry Jelinek <jerry.jelinek@joyent.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@nexenta.com>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2932
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/810e43bCloses#5984Closes#5216
Manpage suggests the zpool list properties include 'used'
and 'available', when these are invalid property names.
Use alloc and free in their place.
```
$ zpool list -o name,size,used 2>&1 |head -1
bad property list: invalid property 'used'
$ zpool list -o name,size,avail 2>&1 |head -1
bad property list: invalid property 'avail'
$ zpool list -o name,size,available 2>&1 |head -1
bad property list: invalid property 'available'
$ zpool list -o name,size,alloc,free
NAME SIZE ALLOC FREE
apool 464M 203M 261M
bpool 3.62T 1.97T 1.65T
```
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tom Matthews <tom@axiom-partners.com>
Closes#5959
Update documentation in zfs-module-parameters.5 for new
parameter "zfs_qat_disable" which was introduced by #5846.
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Weigang Li <weigang.li@intel.com>
Closes#5914
Documentation fixes for zfs(8)
* White space issue in the userused@user property section
* zfs send supports using bookmarks as the origin snapshot
Reviewed by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#5906
The current implementation for allowing nfs to access snapdir is very buggy.
It uses a special fh for snapdirs, such that the next time nfsd does
fh_to_dentry, it actually returns the root inode inside the snapshot. So nfsd
never knows it cross a mountpoint.
The problem is that nfsd will not hold a reference on the vfsmount of the
snapshot. This cause auto unmounter to unmount the snapshot even though nfs is
still holding dentries in it.
To fix this, we return the inode for the snapdirs themselves. However, we also
trigger automount upon fh_to_dentry, and return ESTALE so nfsd will revalidate
and see the mountpoint and do crossmnt.
Because nfsd will now be aware that these are different filesystems users
must add crossmnt to their export options to access snapshot directories.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@osnexus.com>
Closes#3794Closes#4716Closes#5810Closes#5833
SS is already highlighted and the fB/fR tags break the highlighting
prematurely, removing the tags highlights the entire line.
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: bunder2015 <omfgbunder@gmail.com>
Closes#5873
For zdb -l, detect when the configuration nvlist in some label l (l>0)
is the same as a configuration already dumped. If so, do not dump it.
Make a similar check when dumping Uberblocks for zdb -lu. Check whether
a label already dumped contains an identical Uberblock. If so, do not
dump the Uberblock.
When dumping a configuration or Uberblock, state which labels it is
found in (0-3), for example: labels = 1 2 3
Detecting redundant uberblocks or configurations is accomplished by
calculating checksums of the uberblocks and the packed nvlists
containing the configuration.
If there is nothing unique to be dumped for a label (ie the
configuration and uberblocks have checksums matching those already
dumped) print nothing for that label.
With additional l's or u's, increase verbosity as follows:
-l Dump each unique configuration only once.
Indicate which labels it appears in.
-ll In addition, dump label space usage stats.
-lll Dump every configuration, unique or not.
-u Dump each unique, valid, uberblock only once.
Indicate which labels it appears in.
-uu In addition, state which slots are invalid.
-uuu Dump every uberblock, unique or not.
-uuuu Dump the uberblock blockpointer (used to be -uuu)
Make exit values conform to the manual page. Failing to unpack a
configuration nvlist is considered an error, as well as failing to open
or read from the device.
Add three tests, zdb_00{3,4,5}_pos to verify the above functionality.
An example of the output:
------------------------------------
LABEL 0
------------------------------------
version: 5000
name: 'pool'
state: 1
txg: 880
< ... redacted ... >
features_for_read:
com.delphix:hole_birth
com.delphix:embedded_data
labels = 0
Uberblock[0]
magic = 0000000000bab10c
version = 5000
txg = 0
guid_sum = 3038694082047428541
timestamp = 1487715500 UTC = Tue Feb 21 14:18:20 2017
labels = 0 1 2 3
Uberblock[4]
magic = 0000000000bab10c
version = 5000
txg = 772
guid_sum = 9045970794941528051
timestamp = 1487727291 UTC = Tue Feb 21 17:34:51 2017
labels = 0
< ... redacted ... >
------------------------------------
LABEL 1
------------------------------------
version: 5000
name: 'pool'
state: 1
txg: 14
< ... redacted ... >
com.delphix:embedded_data
labels = 1 2 3
Uberblock[4]
magic = 0000000000bab10c
version = 5000
txg = 4
guid_sum = 7793930272573252584
timestamp = 1487727521 UTC = Tue Feb 21 17:38:41 2017
labels = 1 2 3
< ... redacted ... >
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Closes#5738
The global tunable zfs_arc_num_sublists_per_state is used by the ARC and
the dbuf cache, and other users are planned. We should change this
tunable to be common to all multilists. This tuning may be overridden
on a per-multilist basis.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Closes#5764
- Pass $VDEV_ENC_SYSFS_PATH to 'zpool [iostat|status] -c' to include
enclosure LED sysfs path.
- Set LEDs correctly after import. This includes clearing any erroniously
set LEDs prior to the import, and setting the LED for any UNAVAIL drives.
- Include symlink for vdev_attach-led.sh in Makefile.am.
- Print the VDEV path in all-syslog.sh, and fix it so the pool GUID actually
prints.
Reviewed-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#5716Closes#5751
When the code was added this tunable was not exposed via module params. Also it
was not documented. This patch changes the type from a uint32 to a ulong as
done with other percentage tunables and also documents it in the
zfs-module-parameters man page.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com>
Closes#5750
Authored by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: John Kennedy <john.kennedy@delphix.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6866
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3e4fae5Closes#5730
Porting Notes:
- Omitted the illumos-specific `/dev/dsk` and `/dev/rdsk`
path conversions since they don't apply on linux.
The deadman in ZoL didn't behave quite as it did in upstream
OpenZFS. In addition to the 2 purposes for which OpenZFS used the
zfs_deadman_synctime_ms parameter, ZoL also used it to determine how
frequently the deadman would fire once it has been triggered.
This patch adds the zfs_deadman_checktime_ms parameter to control how
frequently the subsequent checks are performed.
The deadman is now disabled for suspended pools.
As had been the case, unlike upstream OpenZFS, ZoL will not panic when
a hung IO is detected.
The module parameter documentation has been upated to include the new
parameter and to better describe the operation of the deadmen.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Closes#5695
Porting notes:
- 'zfs_dbgmsg_print()' reintroduced to userspace.
Authored by: Pavel Zakharov <pavel.zakharov@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Igor Kozhukhov <ikozhukhov@gmail.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7277
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/29bdd2fCloses#5684
fB -> \fB in zpool.8 (Properties -> cachefile)
\fN -> \fB in zfs-module-parameters.5 (zfs_dirty_data_max_max_percent)
Three | -> \fR|\fI fixes for arguments of diff and inherit in zfs.8.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Haakan T Johansson <f96hajo@chalmers.se>
Closes#5645
Since zpool version 16, this limit is actually 8192 characters.
Additionally, this limit is actually 8192 bytes, as it supports UTF-8.
Authored by: Eli Rosenthal <eli.rosenthal@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Yuri Pankov <yuri.pankov@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Igor Kozhukhov <ikozhukhov@gmail.com>
Reviewed by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Approved by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7257
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/3bc7169Closes#5608
This change introduces a new weighting algorithm to improve
metaslab selection. The new weighting algorithm relies on the
SPACEMAP_HISTOGRAM feature. As a result, the metaslab weight
now encodes the type of weighting algorithm used (size-based
vs segment-based).
Porting Notes: The metaslab allocation tracing code is conditionally
removed on linux (dependent on mdb debugger).
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Chris Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Pavel Zakharov pavel.zakharov@delphix.com
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7303
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/d5190931bdCloses#5404
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>>
Reviewed-by: George Melikov <mail@gmelikov.ru>
Reviewed-by: Haakan T Johansson <f96hajo@chalmers.se>
Closes#5547Closes#5543
Enable zio_dva_throttle_enabled=1 by default. Subsequent
testing has been unable to reproduce the suspected regression.
Tested-by: kernelOfTruth kerneloftruth@gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Olaf Faaland <faaland1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf behlendorf1@llnl.gov
Reverts #5335Closes#5289Closes#5457
To prevent holding tq_lock for too long.
Before zfsonlinux/zfs@8e71ab9, hogging delay tasks and cat /proc/spl/taskq
would easily cause a lockup. While that bug has been fixed. It's probably
still a good idea to do this just in case task lists grow too large.
Reviewed-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Chunwei Chen <david.chen@osnexus.com>
Closes#586
This patch adds a command (-c) option to zpool status and zpool iostat. The
-c option allows you to run an arbitrary command on each vdev and display
the first line of output in zpool status/iostat. The environment vars
VDEV_PATH and VDEV_UPATH are set to the vdev's path and "underlying path"
before running the command. For device mapper, multipath, or partitioned
vdevs, VDEV_UPATH is the actual underlying /dev/sd* disk. This can be useful
if the command you're running requires a /dev/sd* device.
The patch also uses /sys/block/<dev>/slaves/ to lookup the underlying device
instead of using libdevmapper. This not only removes the libdevmapper
requirement at build time, but also allows you to resolve device mapper
devices without being root. This means that UDEV_UPATH get set correctly
when running zpool status/iostat as an unprivileged user.
Example:
$ zpool status -c 'echo I am $VDEV_PATH, $VDEV_UPATH'
NAME STATE READ WRITE CKSUM
mypool ONLINE 0 0 0
mirror-0 ONLINE 0 0 0
mpatha ONLINE 0 0 0 I am /dev/mapper/mpatha, /dev/sdc
sdb ONLINE 0 0 0 I am /dev/sdb1, /dev/sdb
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#5368
Allow `zfs unshare <protocol> -a` command to share or unshare all datasets
of a given protocol, nfs or smb.
Additionally, enable most of ZFS Test Suite zfs_share/zfs_unshare test cases.
To work around some Illumos-specific functionalities ($SHARE/$UNSHARE) some
function wrappers were added around them.
Finally, fix and issue in smb_is_share_active() that would leave SMB shares
exported when invoking 'zfs unshare -a'
Reviewed-by: Giuseppe Di Natale <dinatale2@llnl.gov>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#3238Closes#5367
Bold and Normal codes were mixed up in a few places resulting in
bad highlighting.
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Closes#5397
Repair indent of zpool.8 man page, just before zpool labelclear
details. Accidentally introduced by 193a37cb2 (git bisect).
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Haakan T Johansson <f96hajo@chalmers.se>
Closes#5394
avx512f should work on all AVX512 hardware, since it only uses
Foundation instructions.
avx512bw should be faster on hardware supporting the AVW512BW
extension. We can use full-width pshufb (instead of relying on the 256
bits AVX2 pshufb). As a side-effect, the code is also unrolled more.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jinshan Xiong <jinshan.xiong@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.github@dolbeau.name>
Closes#5219
Until it can be determined definitively that a performance
regression wasn't introduced accidentally by 3dfb57a this
functionality is being disabled by default. It can be re-
enabled by setting zio_dva_throttle_enabled=1.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#5335
Issue #5289
Sometimes it is desirable to specifically disable one or several
features directly on the 'zpool create' command line.
$ zpool create -o feature@<feature>=disabled ...
Original-patch-by: Turbo Fredriksson <turbo@bayour.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: loli10K <ezomori.nozomu@gmail.com>
Closes#3460Closes#5142Closes#5324
This is not useful on micro-architecture with a weak NEON
implementation (only 64 bits); the native version is slower &
the byteswap barely faster than scalar. On A53 or A57, it's
a small improvement on scalar but OK for byteswap.
Results from an A53 system:
0 0 0x01 -1 0 1499068294333000 1499101101878000
implementation native byteswap
scalar 1008227510 755880264
aarch64_neon 1198098720 1044818671
fastest aarch64_neon aarch64_neon
Results from a A57 system:
0 0 0x01 -1 0 4407214734807033 4407233933777404
implementation native byteswap
scalar 2302071241 1124873346
aarch64_neon 2542214946 2245570352
fastest aarch64_neon aarch64_neon
Reviewed-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.dolbeau@atos.net>
Closes#5248
1. Enable multipath autoreplace support for FMA.
This extends FMA autoreplace to work with multipath disks. This
requires libdevmapper to be installed at build time.
2. Turn on/off fault LEDs when VDEVs become degraded/faulted/online
Set ZED_USE_ENCLOSURE_LEDS=1 in zed.rc to have ZED turn on/off the enclosure
LED for a drive when a drive becomes FAULTED/DEGRADED. Your enclosure must
be supported by the Linux SES driver for this to work. The enclosure LED
scripts work for multipath devices as well. The scripts will clear the LED
when the fault is cleared.
3. Rate limit ZIO delay and checksum events so as not to flood ZED
ZIO delay and checksum events are rate limited to 5/sec in the zfs module.
Reviewed-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Reviewed by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#2449Closes#3017Closes#5159
OpenZFS 7090 - zfs should throttle allocations
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Alex Reece <alex@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Christopher Siden <christopher.siden@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <paul.dagnelie@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Sebastien Roy <sebastien.roy@delphix.com>
Approved by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Ported-by: Don Brady <don.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
When write I/Os are issued, they are issued in block order but the ZIO
pipeline will drive them asynchronously through the allocation stage
which can result in blocks being allocated out-of-order. It would be
nice to preserve as much of the logical order as possible.
In addition, the allocations are equally scattered across all top-level
VDEVs but not all top-level VDEVs are created equally. The pipeline
should be able to detect devices that are more capable of handling
allocations and should allocate more blocks to those devices. This
allows for dynamic allocation distribution when devices are imbalanced
as fuller devices will tend to be slower than empty devices.
The change includes a new pool-wide allocation queue which would
throttle and order allocations in the ZIO pipeline. The queue would be
ordered by issued time and offset and would provide an initial amount of
allocation of work to each top-level vdev. The allocation logic utilizes
a reservation system to reserve allocations that will be performed by
the allocator. Once an allocation is successfully completed it's
scheduled on a given top-level vdev. Each top-level vdev maintains a
maximum number of allocations that it can handle (mg_alloc_queue_depth).
The pool-wide reserved allocations (top-levels * mg_alloc_queue_depth)
are distributed across the top-level vdevs metaslab groups and round
robin across all eligible metaslab groups to distribute the work. As
top-levels complete their work, they receive additional work from the
pool-wide allocation queue until the allocation queue is emptied.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/7090
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/4756c3d7Closes#5258
Porting Notes:
- Maintained minimal stack in zio_done
- Preserve linux-specific io sizes in zio_write_compress
- Added module params and documentation
- Updated to use optimize AVL cmp macros
The following new test cases need to have execute permissions set:
userquota/groupspace_003_pos.ksh
userquota/userquota_013_pos.ksh
userquota/userspace_003_pos.ksh
upgrade/upgrade_userobj_001_pos.ksh
upgrade/setup.ksh
upgrade/cleanup.ksh
The following source files accidentally were marked executable:
lib/libzpool/kernel.c
lib/libshare/nfs.c
lib/libzfs/libzfs_dataset.c
lib/libzfs/libzfs_util.c
tests/zfs-tests/cmd/rm_lnkcnt_zero_file/rm_lnkcnt_zero_file.c
tests/zfs-tests/cmd/dir_rd_update/dir_rd_update.c
cmd/zed/zed_exec.c
module/icp/core/kcf_sched.c
module/zfs/dsl_pool.c
module/zfs/arc.c
module/nvpair/nvpair.c
man/man5/zfs-module-parameters.5
Reviewed-by: GeLiXin <ge.lixin@zte.com.cn>
Reviewed-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jinshan Xiong <jinshan.xiong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#5241
This patch tracks dnode usage for each user/group in the
DMU_USER/GROUPUSED_OBJECT ZAPs. ZAP entries dedicated to dnode
accounting have the key prefixed with "obj-" followed by the UID/GID
in string format (as done for the block accounting).
A new SPA feature has been added for dnode accounting as well as
a new ZPL version. The SPA feature must be enabled in the pool
before upgrading the zfs filesystem. During the zfs version upgrade,
a "quotacheck" will be executed by marking all dnode as dirty.
ZoL-bug-id: https://github.com/zfsonlinux/zfs/issues/3500
Signed-off-by: Jinshan Xiong <jinshan.xiong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johann Lombardi <johann.lombardi@intel.com>
Authored by: ilovezfs <ilovezfs@icloud.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
In any pool without the extensible dataset feature flag already enabled,
creating a dataset with dedup set to use one of the new checksums would
result in the following panic as soon as any data was added:
panic[cpu0]/thread=ffffff0006761c40: feature_get_refcount(spa, feature,
&refcount) != 48 (0x30 != 0x30), file: ../../common/fs/zfs/zfeature.c
line 390
Inpsection showed that feature->fi_feature was 7, which is the value of
SPA_FEATURE_EXTENSIBLE_DATASET in the spa_feature enum. This commit
adds extensible dataset as a dependency for the sha512, edonr, and skein
feature flags, which prevents the panic.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6585
OpenZFS-commit: 892586e8a1
Porting Notes:
This code was originally from Illumos, but I actually ported it from:
openzfsonosx/zfs@b62a652
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Saso Kiselkov <saso.kiselkov@nexenta.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Approved by: Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org>
Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/4185
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/45818ee
Porting Notes:
This code is ported on top of the Illumos Crypto Framework code:
b5e030c8db
The list of porting changes includes:
- Copied module/icp/include/sha2/sha2.h directly from illumos
- Removed from module/icp/algs/sha2/sha2.c:
#pragma inline(SHA256Init, SHA384Init, SHA512Init)
- Added 'ctx' to lib/libzfs/libzfs_sendrecv.c:zio_checksum_SHA256() since
it now takes in an extra parameter.
- Added CTASSERT() to assert.h from for module/zfs/edonr_zfs.c
- Added skein & edonr to libicp/Makefile.am
- Added sha512.S. It was generated from sha512-x86_64.pl in Illumos.
- Updated ztest.c with new fletcher_4_*() args; used NULL for new CTX argument.
- In icp/algs/edonr/edonr_byteorder.h, Removed the #if defined(__linux) section
to not #include the non-existant endian.h.
- In skein_test.c, renane NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get
around a compiler warning.
- Fixup test files:
- Rename <sys/varargs.h> -> <varargs.h>, <strings.h> -> <string.h>,
- Remove <note.h> and define NOTE() as NOP.
- Define u_longlong_t
- Rename "#!/usr/bin/ksh" -> "#!/bin/ksh -p"
- Rename NULL to 0 in "no test vector" array entries to get around a
compiler warning.
- Remove "for isa in $($ISAINFO); do" stuff
- Add/update Makefiles
- Add some userspace headers like stdio.h/stdlib.h in places of
sys/types.h.
- EXPORT_SYMBOL *_Init/*_Update/*_Final... routines in ICP modules.
- Update scripts/zfs2zol-patch.sed
- include <sys/sha2.h> in sha2_impl.h
- Add sha2.h to include/sys/Makefile.am
- Add skein and edonr dirs to icp Makefile
- Add new checksums to zpool_get.cfg
- Move checksum switch block from zfs_secpolicy_setprop() to
zfs_check_settable()
- Fix -Wuninitialized error in edonr_byteorder.h on PPC
- Fix stack frame size errors on ARM32
- Don't unroll loops in Skein on 32-bit to save stack space
- Add memory barriers in sha2.c on 32-bit to save stack space
- Add filetest_001_pos.ksh checksum sanity test
- Add option to write psudorandom data in file_write utility
This re-use the framework established for SSE2, SSSE3 and
AVX2. However, GCC is using FP registers on Aarch64, so
unlike SSE/AVX2 we can't rely on the registers being left alone
between ASM statements. So instead, the NEON code uses
C variables and GCC extended ASM syntax. Note that since
the kernel explicitly disable vector registers, they
have to be locally re-enabled explicitly.
As we use the variable's number to define the symbolic
name, and GCC won't allow duplicate symbolic names,
numbers have to be unique. Even when the code is not
going to be used (e.g. the case for 4 registers when
using the macro with only 2). Only the actually used
variables should be declared, otherwise the build
will fails in debug mode.
This requires the replacement of the XOR(X,X) syntax
by a new ZERO(X) macro, which does the same thing but
without repeating the argument. And perhaps someday
there will be a machine where there is a more efficient
way to zero a register than XOR with itself. This affects
scalar, SSE2, SSSE3 and AVX2 as they need the new macro.
It's possible to write faster implementations (different
scheduling, different unrolling, interleaving NEON and
scalar, ...) for various cores, but this one has the
advantage of fitting in the current state of the code,
and thus is likely easier to review/check/merge.
The only difference between aarch64-neon and aarch64-neonx2
is that aarch64-neonx2 unroll some functions some more.
Reviewed-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Romain Dolbeau <romain.dolbeau@atos.net>
Closes#4801
Enable ignore_hole_birth by default until all known hole birth bugs
have been resolved and relevant test cases added.
Reviewed-by: Boris Protopopov <boris.protopopov@actifio.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #4809Closes#5099
Authored by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Prakash Surya <prakash.surya@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Dan Kimmel <dan.kimmel@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matt Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Tom Caputi <tcaputi@datto.com>
Reviewed by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Ported by: David Quigley <david.quigley@intel.com>
This review covers the reading and writing of compressed arc headers, sharing
data between the arc_hdr_t and the arc_buf_t, and the implementation of a new
dbuf cache to keep frequently access data uncompressed.
I've added a new member to l1 arc hdr called b_pdata. The b_pdata always hangs
off the arc_buf_hdr_t (if an L1 hdr is in use) and points to the physical block
for that DVA. The physical block may or may not be compressed. If compressed
arc is enabled and the block on-disk is compressed, then the b_pdata will match
the block on-disk and remain compressed in memory. If the block on disk is not
compressed, then neither will the b_pdata. Lastly, if compressed arc is
disabled, then b_pdata will always be an uncompressed version of the on-disk
block.
Typically the arc will cache only the arc_buf_hdr_t and will aggressively evict
any arc_buf_t's that are no longer referenced. This means that the arc will
primarily have compressed blocks as the arc_buf_t's are considered overhead and
are always uncompressed. When a consumer reads a block we first look to see if
the arc_buf_hdr_t is cached. If the hdr is cached then we allocate a new
arc_buf_t and decompress the b_pdata contents into the arc_buf_t's b_data. If
the hdr already has a arc_buf_t, then we will allocate an additional arc_buf_t
and bcopy the uncompressed contents from the first arc_buf_t to the new one.
Writing to the compressed arc requires that we first discard the b_pdata since
the physical block is about to be rewritten. The new data contents will be
passed in via an arc_buf_t (uncompressed) and during the I/O pipeline stages we
will copy the physical block contents to a newly allocated b_pdata.
When an l2arc is inuse it will also take advantage of the b_pdata. Now the
l2arc will always write the contents of b_pdata to the l2arc. This means that
when compressed arc is enabled that the l2arc blocks are identical to those
stored in the main data pool. This provides a significant advantage since we
can leverage the bp's checksum when reading from the l2arc to determine if the
contents are valid. If the compressed arc is disabled, then we must first
transform the read block to look like the physical block in the main data pool
before comparing the checksum and determining it's valid.
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6950
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/7fc10f0
Issue #5078
ARC will evict meta buffers that exceed the arc_meta_limit. Before a further
investigating on whether we should take special protection on meta buffers,
this tunable make arc_meta_limit adjustable for different workloads.
People can set zfs_arc_meta_limit_percent to any value while insmod zfs.ko,
so some range check is added to guarantee a suitable arc_meta_limit.
Suggested by Tim Chase, zfs_arc_dnode_limit is changed to a percent-style
tunable as well.
Signed-off-by: GeLiXin <ge.lixin@zte.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4957
Adds a module option which disables the hole_birth optimization
which has been responsible for several recent bugs, including
issue #4050.
Original-patch: https://gist.github.com/pcd1193182/2c0cd47211f3aee623958b4698836c48
Signed-off-by: Rich Ercolani <rincebrain@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4833
Metadata-intensive workloads can cause the ARC to become permanently
filled with dnode_t objects as they're pinned by the VFS layer.
Subsequent data-intensive workloads may only benefit from about
25% of the potential ARC (arc_c_max - arc_meta_limit).
In order to help track metadata usage more precisely, the other_size
metadata arcstat has replaced with dbuf_size, dnode_size and bonus_size.
The new zfs_arc_dnode_limit tunable, which defaults to 10% of
zfs_arc_meta_limit, defines the minimum number of bytes which is desirable
to be consumed by dnodes. Attempts to evict non-metadata will trigger
async prune tasks if the space used by dnodes exceeds this limit.
The new zfs_arc_dnode_reduce_percent tunable specifies the amount by
which the excess dnode space is attempted to be pruned as a percentage of
the amount by which zfs_arc_dnode_limit is being exceeded. By default,
it tries to unpin 10% of the dnodes.
The problem of dnode metadata pinning was observed with the following
testing procedure (in this example, zfs_arc_max is set to 4GiB):
- Create a large number of small files until arc_meta_used exceeds
arc_meta_limit (3GiB with default tuning) and arc_prune
starts increasing.
- Create a 3GiB file with dd. Observe arc_mata_used. It will still
be around 3GiB.
- Repeatedly read the 3GiB file and observe arc_meta_limit as before.
It will continue to stay around 3GiB.
With this modification, space for the 3GiB file is gradually made
available as subsequent demands on the ARC are made. The previous behavior
can be restored by setting zfs_arc_dnode_limit to the same value as the
zfs_arc_meta_limit.
Signed-off-by: Tim Chase <tim@chase2k.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #4345
Issue #4512
Issue #4773Closes#4858
- Implementation lock replaced with atomic variable
- Trailing whitespace is removed from user specified parameter, to enhance
experience when using commands that add newline, e.g. `echo`
- raidz_test: remove dependency on `getrusage()` and RUSAGE_THREAD, Issue #4813
- silence `cppcheck` in vdev_raidz, partial solution of Issue #1392
- Minor fixes and cleanups
- Enable use of original parity methods in [fastest] configuration.
New opaque original ops structure, representing native methods, is added
to supported raidz methods. Original parity methods are executed if selected
implementation has NULL fn pointer.
Signed-off-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #4813
Issue #1392
Builds off of 1eeb4562 (Implementation of AVX2 optimized Fletcher-4)
This commit adds another implementation of the Fletcher-4 algorithm.
It is automatically selected at module load if it benchmarks higher
than all other available implementations.
The module benchmark was also amended to analyze the performance of
the byteswap-ed version of Fletcher-4, as well as the non-byteswaped
version. The average performance of the two is used to select the
the fastest implementation available on the host system.
Adds a pair of fields to an existing zcommon module parameter:
- zfs_fletcher_4_impl (str)
"sse2" - new SSE2 implementation if available
"ssse3" - new SSSE3 implementation if available
Signed-off-by: Tyler J. Stachecki <stachecki.tyler@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4789
2605 want to resume interrupted zfs send
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Richard Elling <Richard.Elling@RichardElling.com>
Reviewed by: Xin Li <delphij@freebsd.org>
Reviewed by: Arne Jansen <sensille@gmx.net>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Ported-by: kernelOfTruth <kerneloftruth@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/2605
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/9c3fd12
6980 6902 causes zfs send to break due to 32-bit/64-bit struct mismatch
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Approved by: Robert Mustacchi <rm@joyent.com>
Ported by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6980
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/ea4a67f
Porting notes:
- All rsend and snapshop tests enabled and updated for Linux.
- Fix misuse of input argument in traverse_visitbp().
- Fix ISO C90 warnings and errors.
- Fix gcc 'missing braces around initializer' in
'struct send_thread_arg to_arg =' warning.
- Replace 4 argument fletcher_4_native() with 3 argument version,
this change was made in OpenZFS 4185 which has not been ported.
- Part of the sections for 'zfs receive' and 'zfs send' was
rewritten and reordered to approximate upstream.
- Fix mktree xattr creation, 'user.' prefix required.
- Minor fixes to newly enabled test cases
- Long holds for volumes allowed during receive for minor registration.
Justification
-------------
This feature adds support for variable length dnodes. Our motivation is
to eliminate the overhead associated with using spill blocks. Spill
blocks are used to store system attribute data (i.e. file metadata) that
does not fit in the dnode's bonus buffer. By allowing a larger bonus
buffer area the use of a spill block can be avoided. Spill blocks
potentially incur an additional read I/O for every dnode in a dnode
block. As a worst case example, reading 32 dnodes from a 16k dnode block
and all of the spill blocks could issue 33 separate reads. Now suppose
those dnodes have size 1024 and therefore don't need spill blocks. Then
the worst case number of blocks read is reduced to from 33 to two--one
per dnode block. In practice spill blocks may tend to be co-located on
disk with the dnode blocks so the reduction in I/O would not be this
drastic. In a badly fragmented pool, however, the improvement could be
significant.
ZFS-on-Linux systems that make heavy use of extended attributes would
benefit from this feature. In particular, ZFS-on-Linux supports the
xattr=sa dataset property which allows file extended attribute data
to be stored in the dnode bonus buffer as an alternative to the
traditional directory-based format. Workloads such as SELinux and the
Lustre distributed filesystem often store enough xattr data to force
spill bocks when xattr=sa is in effect. Large dnodes may therefore
provide a performance benefit to such systems.
Other use cases that may benefit from this feature include files with
large ACLs and symbolic links with long target names. Furthermore,
this feature may be desirable on other platforms in case future
applications or features are developed that could make use of a
larger bonus buffer area.
Implementation
--------------
The size of a dnode may be a multiple of 512 bytes up to the size of
a dnode block (currently 16384 bytes). A dn_extra_slots field was
added to the current on-disk dnode_phys_t structure to describe the
size of the physical dnode on disk. The 8 bits for this field were
taken from the zero filled dn_pad2 field. The field represents how
many "extra" dnode_phys_t slots a dnode consumes in its dnode block.
This convention results in a value of 0 for 512 byte dnodes which
preserves on-disk format compatibility with older software.
Similarly, the in-memory dnode_t structure has a new dn_num_slots field
to represent the total number of dnode_phys_t slots consumed on disk.
Thus dn->dn_num_slots is 1 greater than the corresponding
dnp->dn_extra_slots. This difference in convention was adopted
because, unlike on-disk structures, backward compatibility is not a
concern for in-memory objects, so we used a more natural way to
represent size for a dnode_t.
The default size for newly created dnodes is determined by the value of
a new "dnodesize" dataset property. By default the property is set to
"legacy" which is compatible with older software. Setting the property
to "auto" will allow the filesystem to choose the most suitable dnode
size. Currently this just sets the default dnode size to 1k, but future
code improvements could dynamically choose a size based on observed
workload patterns. Dnodes of varying sizes can coexist within the same
dataset and even within the same dnode block. For example, to enable
automatically-sized dnodes, run
# zfs set dnodesize=auto tank/fish
The user can also specify literal values for the dnodesize property.
These are currently limited to powers of two from 1k to 16k. The
power-of-2 limitation is only for simplicity of the user interface.
Internally the implementation can handle any multiple of 512 up to 16k,
and consumers of the DMU API can specify any legal dnode value.
The size of a new dnode is determined at object allocation time and
stored as a new field in the znode in-memory structure. New DMU
interfaces are added to allow the consumer to specify the dnode size
that a newly allocated object should use. Existing interfaces are
unchanged to avoid having to update every call site and to preserve
compatibility with external consumers such as Lustre. The new
interfaces names are given below. The versions of these functions that
don't take a dnodesize parameter now just call the _dnsize() versions
with a dnodesize of 0, which means use the legacy dnode size.
New DMU interfaces:
dmu_object_alloc_dnsize()
dmu_object_claim_dnsize()
dmu_object_reclaim_dnsize()
New ZAP interfaces:
zap_create_dnsize()
zap_create_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_flags_dnsize()
zap_create_claim_norm_dnsize()
zap_create_link_dnsize()
The constant DN_MAX_BONUSLEN is renamed to DN_OLD_MAX_BONUSLEN. The
spa_maxdnodesize() function should be used to determine the maximum
bonus length for a pool.
These are a few noteworthy changes to key functions:
* The prototype for dnode_hold_impl() now takes a "slots" parameter.
When the DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE flag is set, this parameter is used to
ensure the hole at the specified object offset is large enough to
hold the dnode being created. The slots parameter is also used
to ensure a dnode does not span multiple dnode blocks. In both of
these cases, if a failure occurs, ENOSPC is returned. Keep in mind,
these failure cases are only possible when using DNODE_MUST_BE_FREE.
If the DNODE_MUST_BE_ALLOCATED flag is set, "slots" must be 0.
dnode_hold_impl() will check if the requested dnode is already
consumed as an extra dnode slot by an large dnode, in which case
it returns ENOENT.
* The function dmu_object_alloc() advances to the next dnode block
if dnode_hold_impl() returns an error for a requested object.
This is because the beginning of the next dnode block is the only
location it can safely assume to either be a hole or a valid
starting point for a dnode.
* dnode_next_offset_level() and other functions that iterate
through dnode blocks may no longer use a simple array indexing
scheme. These now use the current dnode's dn_num_slots field to
advance to the next dnode in the block. This is to ensure we
properly skip the current dnode's bonus area and don't interpret it
as a valid dnode.
zdb
---
The zdb command was updated to display a dnode's size under the
"dnsize" column when the object is dumped.
For ZIL create log records, zdb will now display the slot count for
the object.
ztest
-----
Ztest chooses a random dnodesize for every newly created object. The
random distribution is more heavily weighted toward small dnodes to
better simulate real-world datasets.
Unused bonus buffer space is filled with non-zero values computed from
the object number, dataset id, offset, and generation number. This
helps ensure that the dnode traversal code properly skips the interior
regions of large dnodes, and that these interior regions are not
overwritten by data belonging to other dnodes. A new test visits each
object in a dataset. It verifies that the actual dnode size matches what
was stored in the ztest block tag when it was created. It also verifies
that the unused bonus buffer space is filled with the expected data
patterns.
ZFS Test Suite
--------------
Added six new large dnode-specific tests, and integrated the dnodesize
property into existing tests for zfs allow and send/recv.
Send/Receive
------------
ZFS send streams for datasets containing large dnodes cannot be received
on pools that don't support the large_dnode feature. A send stream with
large dnodes sets a DMU_BACKUP_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE flag which will be
unrecognized by an incompatible receiving pool so that the zfs receive
will fail gracefully.
While not implemented here, it may be possible to generate a
backward-compatible send stream from a dataset containing large
dnodes. The implementation may be tricky, however, because the send
object record for a large dnode would need to be resized to a 512
byte dnode, possibly kicking in a spill block in the process. This
means we would need to construct a new SA layout and possibly
register it in the SA layout object. The SA layout is normally just
sent as an ordinary object record. But if we are constructing new
layouts while generating the send stream we'd have to build the SA
layout object dynamically and send it at the end of the stream.
For sending and receiving between pools that do support large dnodes,
the drr_object send record type is extended with a new field to store
the dnode slot count. This field was repurposed from unused padding
in the structure.
ZIL Replay
----------
The dnode slot count is stored in the uppermost 8 bits of the lr_foid
field. The bits were unused as the object id is currently capped at
48 bits.
Resizing Dnodes
---------------
It should be possible to resize a dnode when it is dirtied if the
current dnodesize dataset property differs from the dnode's size, but
this functionality is not currently implemented. Clearly a dnode can
only grow if there are sufficient contiguous unused slots in the
dnode block, but it should always be possible to shrink a dnode.
Growing dnodes may be useful to reduce fragmentation in a pool with
many spill blocks in use. Shrinking dnodes may be useful to allow
sending a dataset to a pool that doesn't support the large_dnode
feature.
Feature Reference Counting
--------------------------
The reference count for the large_dnode pool feature tracks the
number of datasets that have ever contained a dnode of size larger
than 512 bytes. The first time a large dnode is created in a dataset
the dataset is converted to an extensible dataset. This is a one-way
operation and the only way to decrement the feature count is to
destroy the dataset, even if the dataset no longer contains any large
dnodes. The complexity of reference counting on a per-dnode basis was
too high, so we chose to track it on a per-dataset basis similarly to
the large_block feature.
Signed-off-by: Ned Bass <bass6@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#3542
This is a new implementation of RAIDZ1/2/3 routines using x86_64
scalar, SSE, and AVX2 instruction sets. Included are 3 parity
generation routines (P, PQ, and PQR) and 7 reconstruction routines,
for all RAIDZ level. On module load, a quick benchmark of supported
routines will select the fastest for each operation and they will
be used at runtime. Original implementation is still present and
can be selected via module parameter.
Patch contains:
- specialized gen/rec routines for all RAIDZ levels,
- new scalar raidz implementation (unrolled),
- two x86_64 SIMD implementations (SSE and AVX2 instructions sets),
- fastest routines selected on module load (benchmark).
- cmd/raidz_test - verify and benchmark all implementations
- added raidz_test to the ZFS Test Suite
New zfs module parameters:
- zfs_vdev_raidz_impl (str): selects the implementation to use. On
module load, the parameter will only accept first 3 options, and
the other implementations can be set once module is finished
loading. Possible values for this option are:
"fastest" - use the fastest math available
"original" - use the original raidz code
"scalar" - new scalar impl
"sse" - new SSE impl if available
"avx2" - new AVX2 impl if available
See contents of `/sys/module/zfs/parameters/zfs_vdev_raidz_impl` to
get the list of supported values. If an implementation is not supported
on the system, it will not be shown. Currently selected option is
enclosed in `[]`.
Signed-off-by: Gvozden Neskovic <neskovic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4328
ZFS allows for specific permissions to be delegated to normal users
with the `zfs allow` and `zfs unallow` commands. In addition, non-
privileged users should be able to run all of the following commands:
* zpool [list | iostat | status | get]
* zfs [list | get]
Historically this functionality was not available on Linux. In order
to add it the secpolicy_* functions needed to be implemented and mapped
to the equivalent Linux capability. Only then could the permissions on
the `/dev/zfs` be relaxed and the internal ZFS permission checks used.
Even with this change some limitations remain. Under Linux only the
root user is allowed to modify the namespace (unless it's a private
namespace). This means the mount, mountpoint, canmount, unmount,
and remount delegations cannot be supported with the existing code. It
may be possible to add this functionality in the future.
This functionality was validated with the cli_user and delegation test
cases from the ZFS Test Suite. These tests exhaustively verify each
of the supported permissions which can be delegated and ensures only
an authorized user can perform it.
Two minor bug fixes were required for test-running.py. First, the
Timer() object cannot be safely created in a `try:` block when there
is an unconditional `finally` block which references it. Second,
when running as a normal user also check for scripts using the
both the .ksh and .sh suffixes.
Finally, existing users who are simulating delegations by setting
group permissions on the /dev/zfs device should revert that
customization when updating to a version with this change.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Closes#362Closes#434Closes#4100Closes#4394Closes#4410Closes#4487
New functionality:
- Preserves existing scalar implementation.
- Adds AVX2 optimized Fletcher-4 computation.
- Fastest routines selected on module load (benchmark).
- Test case for Fletcher-4 added to ztest.
New zcommon module parameters:
- zfs_fletcher_4_impl (str): selects the implementation to use.
"fastest" - use the fastest version available
"cycle" - cycle trough all available impl for ztest
"scalar" - use the original version
"avx2" - new AVX2 implementation if available
Performance comparison (Intel i7 CPU, 1MB data buffers):
- Scalar: 4216 MB/s
- AVX2: 14499 MB/s
See contents of `/sys/module/zcommon/parameters/zfs_fletcher_4_impl`
to get list of supported values. If an implementation is not supported
on the system, it will not be shown. Currently selected option is
enclosed in `[]`.
Signed-off-by: Jinshan Xiong <jinshan.xiong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4330
Reviewed by: Paul Dagnelie <pcd@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: Matthew Ahrens <mahrens@delphix.com>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <george.wilson@delphix.com>
Approved by: Dan McDonald <danmcd@omniti.com>
Ported by: Tony Hutter <hutter2@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
OpenZFS-issue: https://www.illumos.org/issues/6531
OpenZFS-commit: https://github.com/openzfs/openzfs/commit/97e8130
Porting notes:
- Added new IO delay tracepoints, and moved common ZIO tracepoint macros
to a new trace_common.h file.
- Used zio_delay_taskq() in place of OpenZFS's timeout_generic() function.
- Updated zinject man page
- Updated zpool_scrub test files
Various rewrites to the descriptions of module parameters. Corrects
spelling mistakes, makes descriptions them more user-friendly and
describes some ZFS quirks which should be understood before changing
parameter values.
Signed-off-by: DHE <git@dehacked.net>
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4671
This is a purely cosmetical change, to consistently prefer one of
two (both acceptable) choises for the word parsable in documentation and
code. I don't really care which to use, but acording to wiktionary
https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/parsable#English parsable is preferred.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Closes#4682
These changes should have been part of the original 930b0d4
commit but were overlooked because 193a37c had not yet been
merged when the original change was ported.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Issue #4631
Simply containing a slash is not enough, presumably because foo/bar
could be either a dataset or a mountpoint.
Signed-off-by: Brian Behlendorf <behlendorf1@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Closes#4655
Reviewed by: Richard Lowe <richlowe@richlowe.net>
Reviewed by: George Wilson <gwilson@zfsmail.com>
Approved by: Gordon Ross <gwr@nexenta.com>
References:
https://www.illumos.org/issues/1644
Ported-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Laager <rlaager@wiktel.com>
